1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681          }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
862     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
863     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
864          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
865         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
866       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
867       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
868       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
869       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
870         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
871       return ParsedType::make(T);
872     }
873   }
874 
875   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
876     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
877 
878   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
879   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
880 }
881 
882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
883 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
886 
887   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
888   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
889   // the context we'll need to return to.
890   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
891     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
892 
893     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
894     // lexical context.
895     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
896       return DC;
897 
898     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
899     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
900     // class is the context we need to return to.
901     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
902       DC = RD;
903 
904     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
905     // declared in.
906     return DC;
907   }
908 
909   return DC->getLexicalParent();
910 }
911 
912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
913   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
914       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
915   CurContext = DC;
916   S->setEntity(DC);
917 }
918 
919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
920   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
921 
922   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
923   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
924 }
925 
926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
928 ///
929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
930   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
931   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
932   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
933   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
934   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
935   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
936   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
937   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
938   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
939   //   namespace.
940   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
941   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
942   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
943   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
944   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
945 
946   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
947 
948 #ifndef NDEBUG
949   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
950   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
951   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
952 #endif
953 
954   CurContext = DC;
955   S->setEntity(DC);
956 }
957 
958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
959   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
960 
961   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
962   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
963   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
964   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
965   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
966 
967   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
968   // disappear.
969 }
970 
971 
972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
973   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
974   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
975     // We assume that the caller has already called
976     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
977     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
978   }
979   if (!FD)
980     return;
981 
982   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
983   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
984   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
985     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
986   CurContext = FD;
987   S->setEntity(CurContext);
988 
989   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
990     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
991     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
992     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
993       S->AddDecl(Param);
994       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
995     }
996   }
997 }
998 
999 
1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1001   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1002   // rather than the top-level class.
1003   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1004   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1005   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1006 }
1007 
1008 
1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1011 ///
1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1017 /// attribute.
1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1019                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1020   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1021     return true;
1022 
1023   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1024     return true;
1025 
1026   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1027           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1028 }
1029 
1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1032   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1033   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1034   // scope.
1035   while (S->getEntity() &&
1036          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1037     S = S->getParent();
1038 
1039   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1040   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1041   // into any context.
1042   if (AddToContext)
1043     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1044 
1045   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1046   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1047   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1048       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1049       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1050         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1054   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1055       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1056     return;
1057 
1058   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1059   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1060                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1061   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1062     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1063       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1064       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1065 
1066       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1067       break;
1068     }
1069   }
1070 
1071   S->AddDecl(D);
1072 
1073   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1074     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1075     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1076     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1077     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1078       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1079       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1080         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1081           continue;
1082       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1083         break;
1084     }
1085 
1086     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1087   } else {
1088     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1089   }
1090 }
1091 
1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1093   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1094     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1095 }
1096 
1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1098                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1099   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1100                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1101 }
1102 
1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1105   do {
1106     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1107       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1108         return S;
1109   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1110 
1111   return 0;
1112 }
1113 
1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1115                                             DeclContext*,
1116                                             ASTContext&);
1117 
1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1121                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1122                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1123                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1124   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1125   while (F.hasNext()) {
1126     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1127 
1128     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1129       continue;
1130 
1131     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1132         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1133       continue;
1134 
1135     F.erase();
1136   }
1137 
1138   F.done();
1139 }
1140 
1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1142   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1143          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1144          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1149   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1150   while (F.hasNext())
1151     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1152       F.erase();
1153 
1154   F.done();
1155 }
1156 
1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1158 /// @code
1159 /// class S {
1160 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1161 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1162 /// };
1163 /// @endcode
1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1165   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1166   // the decl here.
1167   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1168     return false;
1169 
1170   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1171     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1172   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1173     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1174   return false;
1175 }
1176 
1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1178   assert(D);
1179 
1180   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1181     return false;
1182 
1183   // Ignore class templates.
1184   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1185       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1186     return false;
1187 
1188   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1189     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1190       return false;
1191 
1192     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1193       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1194         return false;
1195     } else {
1196       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1197       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1198           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1199         return false;
1200     }
1201 
1202     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1203         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1204       return false;
1205   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1206     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1207     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1208     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1209     // intended to be used.
1210     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1211     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1212         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1213         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1214         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1215       return false;
1216 
1217     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1218         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1219       return false;
1220 
1221   } else {
1222     return false;
1223   }
1224 
1225   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1226   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1227     return false;
1228 
1229   return true;
1230 }
1231 
1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1233   if (!D)
1234     return;
1235 
1236   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1237     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1238     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1239       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1240   }
1241 
1242   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1243     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1244     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1245       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1246   }
1247 
1248   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1249     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1253   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1254     return false;
1255 
1256   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1257     return false;
1258 
1259   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1260     return true;
1261 
1262   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1263   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1264       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1265     return false;
1266 
1267   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1268   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1269 
1270     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1271     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1272 
1273     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1274     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1275       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1276         return false;
1277     }
1278 
1279     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1280     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1281     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1282       return false;
1283 
1284     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1285       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1286       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1287         return false;
1288 
1289       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1290         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1291           return false;
1292 
1293         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1294           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1295             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1296           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1297             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1298           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1299             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1300             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1301               return false;
1302           }
1303         }
1304       }
1305     }
1306 
1307     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1308   }
1309 
1310   return true;
1311 }
1312 
1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1314                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1315   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1316     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1317                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1318     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1319       return;
1320     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1321                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1322   }
1323   return;
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1329   FixItHint Hint;
1330   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1331     return;
1332 
1333   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1334 
1335   unsigned DiagID;
1336   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1337     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1338   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1339     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1340   else
1341     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1342 
1343   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1344 }
1345 
1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1347   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1348   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1349   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1350   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1351     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1355   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1356   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1357          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1358 
1359   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1360        I != E; ++I) {
1361     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1362     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1363 
1364     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1365     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1366 
1367     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1368 
1369     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1370     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1371       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1372 
1373     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1374     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1375       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1376 
1377     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1378     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1379   }
1380 }
1381 
1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1383   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1384 }
1385 
1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1387   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1388   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1389 }
1390 
1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1392 ///
1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1395 /// to the fixed name.
1396 ///
1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1398 ///
1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1400 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1401 ///
1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1403 /// class could not be found.
1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1405                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1406                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1407   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1408   // creation from this context.
1409   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1410 
1411   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1412     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1413     // find an Objective-C class name.
1414     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1415     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1416                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1417                                        Validator)) {
1418       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1419       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1420         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1421         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1422       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1423         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1424 
1425       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1426     }
1427   }
1428   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1429   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1430   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1431       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1432   return Def;
1433 }
1434 
1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1439 /// ill-formed in C++:
1440 /// @code
1441 /// struct S6 {
1442 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1443 /// };
1444 ///
1445 /// void test_S6() {
1446 ///   struct S6 a;
1447 ///   a.e = BAR;
1448 /// }
1449 /// @endcode
1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1457 /// contain non-field names.
1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1459   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1460          (S->getEntity() &&
1461           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1462          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1463     S = S->getParent();
1464   return S;
1465 }
1466 
1467 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1468 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1469 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1470 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1471 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1472                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1473   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1474     return;
1475   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1476 
1477   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1478                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1479   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1480   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1481     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1482       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1483 }
1484 
1485 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1486 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1487 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1488 /// built-in.
1489 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1490                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1491                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1492   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1493 
1494   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1495 
1496   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1497   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1498   switch (Error) {
1499   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1500     // Okay
1501     break;
1502 
1503   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1504     if (ForRedeclaration)
1505       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1506         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1507     return 0;
1508 
1509   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1510     if (ForRedeclaration)
1511       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1512         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1513     return 0;
1514 
1515   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1516     if (ForRedeclaration)
1517       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1518         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1519     return 0;
1520   }
1521 
1522   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1523     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1524       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1525       << R;
1526     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1527         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1528           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1529       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1530         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1531         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1532   }
1533 
1534   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1535                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1536                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1537                                            SC_Extern,
1538                                            SC_None, false,
1539                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1540   New->setImplicit();
1541 
1542   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1543   // FunctionDecl.
1544   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1545     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1546     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1547       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1548         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1549                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1550                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1551                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1552       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1553       Params.push_back(parm);
1554     }
1555     New->setParams(Params);
1556   }
1557 
1558   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1559 
1560   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1561   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1562   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1563   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1564   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1565   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1566   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1567   CurContext = SavedContext;
1568   return New;
1569 }
1570 
1571 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1572   QualType OldType;
1573   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1574     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1575   else
1576     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1577   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1578 
1579   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1580     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1581     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1582     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1583       << Kind << NewType;
1584     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1585       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1586     New->setInvalidDecl();
1587     return true;
1588   }
1589 
1590   if (OldType != NewType &&
1591       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1592       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1593       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1594     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1595     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1596       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1597     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1598       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1599     New->setInvalidDecl();
1600     return true;
1601   }
1602   return false;
1603 }
1604 
1605 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1606 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1607 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1608 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1609 ///
1610 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1611   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1612   // merging checks.
1613   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1614 
1615   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1616   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1617   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1618     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1619     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1620     default: break;
1621     case 2:
1622       {
1623         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1624           break;
1625         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1626         if (!T->isPointerType())
1627           break;
1628         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1629           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1630           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1631             break;
1632         }
1633         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1634         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1635         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1636         return;
1637       }
1638     case 5:
1639       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1640         break;
1641       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1642       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1643       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1644       return;
1645     case 3:
1646       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1647         break;
1648       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1649       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1650       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1651       return;
1652     }
1653     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1654   }
1655 
1656   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1657   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1658   if (!Old) {
1659     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1660       << New->getDeclName();
1661 
1662     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1663     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1664       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1665 
1666     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1667   }
1668 
1669   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1670   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1671     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1672 
1673   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1674   // with any extensions enabled.
1675   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1676     return;
1677 
1678   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1679   // declaration was a typedef.
1680   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1681     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1682 
1683   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1684     return;
1685 
1686   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1687     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1688     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1689     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1690     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1691     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1692       return;
1693 
1694     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1695     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1696     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1697     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1698     //
1699     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1700     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1701     //
1702     //   struct S {
1703     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1704     //   };
1705     //
1706     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1707     // allow the above but disallow
1708     //
1709     //   struct S {
1710     //     typedef int I;
1711     //     typedef int I;
1712     //   };
1713     //
1714     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1715     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1716       return;
1717 
1718     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1719       << New->getDeclName();
1720     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1721     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1722   }
1723 
1724   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1725   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1726     return;
1727 
1728   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1729   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1730   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1731   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1732   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1733       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1734        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1735     return;
1736 
1737   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1738     << New->getDeclName();
1739   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1740   return;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1744 /// attribute.
1745 static bool
1746 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1747   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1748   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1749   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1750   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1751   if (AA)
1752     return false;
1753 
1754   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1755   switch (A->getKind()) {
1756     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1757     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1758     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1759     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1760     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1761     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1762     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1763     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1764     case attr::GuardedBy:
1765     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1766     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1767     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1768       return false;
1769     default:
1770       ;
1771   }
1772 
1773   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1774   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1775   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1776     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1777       if (Ann) {
1778         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1779           return true;
1780         continue;
1781       }
1782       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1783       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1784         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1785       return true;
1786     }
1787 
1788   return false;
1789 }
1790 
1791 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1792   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1793   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) {
1794     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1795                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1796                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1797                                     AA->getMessage());
1798     if (NewAttr) {
1799       NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D);
1800       ND->ClearLVCache();
1801     }
1802   } else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) {
1803     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1804     if (NewAttr) {
1805       NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D);
1806       ND->ClearLVCache();
1807     }
1808   } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1809     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1810   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1811     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1812   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1813     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1814                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1815   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1816     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1817   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1818     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1819 
1820   if (NewAttr) {
1821     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1822     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1823     return true;
1824   }
1825 
1826   return false;
1827 }
1828 
1829 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1830   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1831     return TD->getDefinition();
1832   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1833     return VD->getDefinition();
1834   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1835     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1836     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1837       return Def;
1838   }
1839   return NULL;
1840 }
1841 
1842 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1843   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1844        I != E; ++I) {
1845     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1846     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1847       return true;
1848   }
1849   return false;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1853 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1854 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1855   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1856     return;
1857 
1858   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1859   if (!Def || Def == New)
1860     return;
1861 
1862   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1863   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1864     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1865     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1866       ++I;
1867       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1868     }
1869     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1870            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1871     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1872     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1873     --E;
1874   }
1875 }
1876 
1877 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1878 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1879                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1880   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1881   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1882 
1883   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1884     return;
1885 
1886   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1887 
1888   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1889   // we process them.
1890   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1891 
1892   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1893          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1894          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1895        i != e; ++i) {
1896     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1897     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1898         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1899          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1900          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1901       continue;
1902 
1903     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1904       foundAny = true;
1905   }
1906 
1907   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1908 }
1909 
1910 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1911 /// to the new one.
1912 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1913                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1914                                      ASTContext &C) {
1915   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1916     return;
1917 
1918   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1919 
1920   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1921   // done before we process them.
1922   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1923 
1924   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1925        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1926        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1927     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1928       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1929       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1930       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1931       foundAny = true;
1932     }
1933   }
1934 
1935   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1936 }
1937 
1938 namespace {
1939 
1940 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1941 /// C.
1942 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1943   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1944   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1945   QualType PromotedType;
1946 };
1947 
1948 }
1949 
1950 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1951 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1952   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1953     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1954       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1955 
1956     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1957       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1958 
1959     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1960       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1961   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1962     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1963   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1964     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1965   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1966     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1967   }
1968 
1969   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1970 }
1971 
1972 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1973 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1974 /// GNU89 mode.
1975 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1976                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1977   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1978           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1979           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1980           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1981 }
1982 
1983 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
1984 /// declaration?
1985 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
1986   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
1987   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
1988     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
1989   } else {
1990     // Free C function or a static method.
1991     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
1992   }
1993   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
1994 }
1995 
1996 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1997 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1998 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1999 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2000 ///
2001 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2002 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2003 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2004 /// merged with.
2005 ///
2006 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2007 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2008   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2009   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2010   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2011         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2012     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2013   else
2014     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2015   if (!Old) {
2016     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2017       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2018       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2019            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2020       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2021            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2022       return true;
2023     }
2024 
2025     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2026       << New->getDeclName();
2027     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2028     return true;
2029   }
2030 
2031   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2032   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2033   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2034   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2035     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2036   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2037     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2038   else
2039     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2040 
2041   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2042   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2043 
2044   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2045   // is an extern inline function.
2046   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2047       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2048       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2049       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2050     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2051       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2052       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2053     } else {
2054       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2055       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2056       return true;
2057     }
2058   }
2059 
2060   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2061   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2062   // calling convention of the first.
2063   //
2064   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2065   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2066   //
2067   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2068   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2069   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2070   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2071   // because it is the default calling convention.
2072   //
2073   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2074   // other tests to run.
2075   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2076   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2077   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2078   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2079   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2080   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2081     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2082 
2083   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2084   // there but not here.
2085   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2086     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2087     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2088 
2089   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2090   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2091   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2092              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2093     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2094     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2095 
2096   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2097                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2098     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2099     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2100       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2101       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2102       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2103           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2104     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2105     return true;
2106   }
2107 
2108   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2109   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2110     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2111     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2112   }
2113 
2114   // Merge regparm attribute.
2115   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2116       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2117     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2118       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2119         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2120         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2121       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2122       return true;
2123     }
2124 
2125     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2126     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2127   }
2128 
2129   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2130   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2131     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2132       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2133       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2134       return true;
2135     }
2136 
2137     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2138     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2139   }
2140 
2141   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2142     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2143     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2144     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2145   }
2146 
2147   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2148     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2149     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2150     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2151     //        cannot be overloaded.
2152     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2153     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2154     QualType ResQT;
2155     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2156       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2157           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2158         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2159       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2160         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2161           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2162                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2163         else
2164           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2165         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2166         return true;
2167       }
2168       else
2169         NewQType = ResQT;
2170     }
2171 
2172     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2173     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2174     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2175       // Preserve triviality.
2176       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2177 
2178       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2179       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2180       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2181       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2182                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2183                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2184       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2185 
2186       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2187           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2188         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2189         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2190         //       is a static member function declaration.
2191         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2192           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2193           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2194           return true;
2195         }
2196 
2197         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2198         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2199         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2200         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2201         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2202           unsigned NewDiag;
2203           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2204             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2205           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2206             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2207           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2208             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2209           else
2210             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2211 
2212           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2213         } else {
2214           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2215             << New << New->getType();
2216         }
2217         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2218 
2219       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2220       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2221       //
2222       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2223       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2224       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2225         if (isFriend) {
2226           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2227         } else {
2228           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2229                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2230             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2231           return true;
2232         }
2233       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2234         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2235              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2236           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2237         return true;
2238       }
2239     }
2240 
2241     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2242     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2243     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2244     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2245 
2246     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2247     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2248     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2249       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2250       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2251         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2252       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2253       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2254     }
2255 
2256     if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2257       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2258       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2259       return true;
2260     }
2261 
2262     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2263       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2264 
2265     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2266   }
2267 
2268   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2269   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2270   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2271       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2272     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2273     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2274     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2275     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2276         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2277       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2278       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2279       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2280       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2281                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2282       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2283                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2284                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2285       New->setType(NewQType);
2286       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2287 
2288       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2289       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2290       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2291              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2292              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2293            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2294         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2295                                                  SourceLocation(),
2296                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2297                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2298                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2299                                                  0);
2300         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2301         Param->setImplicit();
2302         Params.push_back(Param);
2303       }
2304 
2305       New->setParams(Params);
2306     }
2307 
2308     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2309   }
2310 
2311   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2312   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2313   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2314   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2315   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2316   // the prototype.
2317   //
2318   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2319   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2320   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2321   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2322   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2323       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2324       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2325       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2326     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2327     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2328     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2329       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2330     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2331       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2332 
2333     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2334     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2335                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2336     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2337     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2338          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2339       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2340       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2341       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2342                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2343         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2344       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2345                                             NewParm->getType(),
2346                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2347         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2348           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2349         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2350         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2351       } else
2352         LooseCompatible = false;
2353     }
2354 
2355     if (LooseCompatible) {
2356       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2357         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2358              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2359           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2360           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2361         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2362           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2363                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2364       }
2365 
2366       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2367                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2368                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2369       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2370     }
2371 
2372     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2373   }
2374 
2375   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2376   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2377   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2378     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2379     // signature.
2380     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2381       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2382       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2383       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2384       // library built-in.
2385       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2386       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2387         << Old << Old->getType();
2388       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2389       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2390       return false;
2391     }
2392 
2393     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2394   }
2395 
2396   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2397   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2398   return true;
2399 }
2400 
2401 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2402 /// known to be compatible.
2403 ///
2404 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2405 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2406 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2407 /// redeclaration of Old.
2408 ///
2409 /// \returns false
2410 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2411                                         Scope *S) {
2412   // Merge the attributes
2413   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2414 
2415   // Merge the storage class.
2416   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2417       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2418     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2419 
2420   // Merge "pure" flag.
2421   if (Old->isPure())
2422     New->setPure();
2423 
2424   // Merge "used" flag.
2425   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2426     New->setUsed();
2427 
2428   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2429   // declarations.
2430   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2431     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2432       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2433                                Context);
2434 
2435   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2436     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2437 
2438   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2439   // and argument types.
2440   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2441   if (!Merged.isNull())
2442     New->setType(Merged);
2443 
2444   return false;
2445 }
2446 
2447 
2448 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2449                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2450 
2451   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2452   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2453 
2454   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2455   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2456                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2457   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2458          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2459        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2460     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2461 
2462   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2463 }
2464 
2465 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2466 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2467 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2468 ///
2469 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2470 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2471 /// is attached.
2472 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2473   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2474     return;
2475 
2476   QualType MergedT;
2477   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2478     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2479     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2480       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2481       return;
2482     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2483       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2484       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2485     }
2486     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2487     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2488     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2489     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2490     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2491     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2492              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2493       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2494       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2495       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2496                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2497         MergedT = New->getType();
2498     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2499              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2500       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2501       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2502       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2503                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2504         MergedT = Old->getType();
2505     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2506                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2507         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2508                                                         Old->getType());
2509     }
2510   } else {
2511     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2512   }
2513   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2514     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2515       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2516     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2517     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2518   }
2519   New->setType(MergedT);
2520 }
2521 
2522 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2523 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2524 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2525 ///
2526 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2527 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2528 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2529 ///
2530 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2531   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2532   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2533     return;
2534 
2535   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2536   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2537   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2538       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2539     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2540       << New->getDeclName();
2541     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2542          diag::note_previous_definition);
2543     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2544   }
2545 
2546   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2547   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2548   //
2549   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2550   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2551     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2552       << New->getIdentifier();
2553     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2554     New->setInvalidDecl();
2555   }
2556 
2557   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2558   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2559   // declaration
2560   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2561       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2562       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2563     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2564     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2565     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2566     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2567   }
2568 
2569   // Merge the types.
2570   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2571   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2572     return;
2573 
2574   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2575   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2576       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2577     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2578     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2579     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2580   }
2581   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2582   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2583   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2584   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2585   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2586   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2587   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2588   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2589   //   identifier has external linkage.
2590   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2591     /* Okay */;
2592   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2593            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2594     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2595     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2596     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2597   }
2598 
2599   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2600   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2601       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2602     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2603     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2604     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2605   }
2606   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2607       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2608     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2609     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2610     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2611   }
2612 
2613   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2614 
2615   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2616   // need to check for mismatches.
2617   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2618       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2619       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2620         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2621     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2622     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2623     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2624   }
2625 
2626   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2627     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2628     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2629   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2630     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2631     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2632   }
2633 
2634   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2635   const VarDecl *Def;
2636   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2637       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2638       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2639     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2640       << New->getDeclName();
2641     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2642     New->setInvalidDecl();
2643     return;
2644   }
2645 
2646   if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2647     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2648     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2649     New->setInvalidDecl();
2650     return;
2651   }
2652 
2653   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2654   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2655   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2656   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2657   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2658   // specified at the prior declaration.
2659   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2660   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2661       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage)
2662     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2663 
2664   // Merge "used" flag.
2665   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2666     New->setUsed();
2667 
2668   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2669   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2670 
2671   // Inherit access appropriately.
2672   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2673 }
2674 
2675 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2676 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2677 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2678                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2679   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2680 }
2681 
2682 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2683 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2684 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2685 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2686                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2687                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2688   Decl *TagD = 0;
2689   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2690   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2691       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2692       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2693       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2694       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2695     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2696 
2697     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2698       return 0;
2699 
2700     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2701     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2702     // it's a Type.
2703     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2704       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2705     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2706       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2707   }
2708 
2709   if (Tag) {
2710     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
2711     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2712     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2713       return Tag;
2714   }
2715 
2716   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2717     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2718     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2719     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2720       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2721            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2722            << DS.getSourceRange();
2723   }
2724 
2725   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2726     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2727     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2728     if (Tag)
2729       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2730         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2731             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2732             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2733             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2734     else
2735       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2736     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2737     return TagD;
2738   }
2739 
2740   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2741     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2742     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2743     if (TagD && !Tag)
2744       return 0;
2745     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2746   }
2747 
2748   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2749   // declarators.
2750   bool emittedWarning = false;
2751 
2752   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2753     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2754         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2755       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2756           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2757         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2758 
2759       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2760         << DS.getSourceRange();
2761       emittedWarning = true;
2762     }
2763   }
2764 
2765   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2766   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2767       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2768       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2769     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2770     //   struct STRUCT;
2771     // and
2772     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2773     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2774     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2775         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2776          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2777       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2778         << DS.getSourceRange();
2779       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2780     }
2781   }
2782 
2783   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2784       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2785     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2786       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2787           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2788         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2789           << DS.getSourceRange();
2790         emittedWarning = true;
2791       }
2792 
2793   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2794   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2795 
2796   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2797     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2798     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2799     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2800         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2801       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2802         << DS.getSourceRange();
2803       return Tag;
2804     }
2805 
2806     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2807       << DS.getSourceRange();
2808     emittedWarning = true;
2809   }
2810 
2811   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2812   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2813   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2814   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2815     return TagD;
2816 
2817   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2818   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2819   // useless.
2820   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2821     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2822       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2823         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2824 
2825   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2826     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2827   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2828     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2829       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2830     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2831       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2832     // Restrict is covered above.
2833   }
2834   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2835     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2836   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2837     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2838   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2839     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2840 
2841   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2842       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2843     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2844       << Tag->getTagKind()
2845       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2846 
2847   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2848   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2849   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2850   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2851     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2852     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2853         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2854         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2855         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2856         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2857       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2858       while (attrs) {
2859         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2860         << attrs->getName()
2861         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2862             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2863             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2864             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2865         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2866       }
2867     }
2868   }
2869 
2870   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2871 
2872   return TagD;
2873 }
2874 
2875 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2876 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2877 ///
2878 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2879 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2880                                          Scope *S,
2881                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2882                                          DeclarationName Name,
2883                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2884                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2885   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2886                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2887   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2888 
2889   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2890     return false;
2891 
2892   // Pick a representative declaration.
2893   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2894   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2895 
2896   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2897     return false;
2898 
2899   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2900   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2901 
2902   return true;
2903 }
2904 
2905 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2906 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2907 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2908 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2909 /// struct, e.g.,
2910 ///
2911 /// @code
2912 /// union {
2913 ///   int i;
2914 ///   float f;
2915 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2916 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2917 /// @endcode
2918 ///
2919 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2920 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2921 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2922                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2923                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2924                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2925                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2926                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2927   unsigned diagKind
2928     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2929                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2930 
2931   bool Invalid = false;
2932 
2933   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2934   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2935                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2936        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2937     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2938         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2939       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2940       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2941                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2942         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2943         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2944         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2945         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2946         Invalid = true;
2947       } else {
2948         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2949         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2950         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2951         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2952         //   anonymous union is declared.
2953         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2954         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2955           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2956                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2957             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2958         else
2959           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2960 
2961         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2962         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2963           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2964         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2965           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2966 
2967         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2968           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2969                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2970                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2971 
2972         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2973         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2974         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2975 
2976         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2977         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2978 
2979         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2980       }
2981     }
2982   }
2983 
2984   return Invalid;
2985 }
2986 
2987 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2988 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2989 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2990 static StorageClass
2991 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2992   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2993   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2994   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2995   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2996   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2997   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2998   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2999     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3000   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3001   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3002   }
3003   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3004 }
3005 
3006 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3007 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3008 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3009 static StorageClass
3010 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
3011   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3012   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3013   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
3014   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3015   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3016     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3017   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
3018   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3019   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
3020   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3021   }
3022   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3023 }
3024 
3025 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3026 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3027 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3028 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3029 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3030                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3031                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3032   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3033 
3034   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3035   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3036     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3037   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3038     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3039   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3040     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3041 
3042   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3043   // structs/unions.
3044   bool Invalid = false;
3045   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3046     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3047     unsigned DiagID;
3048     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3049       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3050       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3051       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3052       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3053           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3054            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3055             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3056         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3057           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3058 
3059         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3060         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3061                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3062       }
3063       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3064       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3065       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3066       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3067                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3068         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3069              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3070           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3071 
3072         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3073         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3074                                SourceLocation(),
3075                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3076       }
3077     }
3078 
3079     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3080     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3081       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3082         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3083           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3084           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3085       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3086         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3087              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3088           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3089           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3090       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3091         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3092              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3093           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3094           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3095 
3096       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3097     }
3098 
3099     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3100     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3101     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3102     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3103     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3104                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3105          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3106       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3107         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3108         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3109         //   members (clause 11).
3110         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3111         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3112           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3113             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3114           Invalid = true;
3115         }
3116 
3117         // C++ [class.union]p1
3118         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3119         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3120         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3121         //   array of such objects.
3122         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3123           Invalid = true;
3124       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3125         // Any implicit members are fine.
3126       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3127         // This is a type that showed up in an
3128         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3129         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3130         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3131       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3132         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3133             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3134           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3135           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3136             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3137               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3138           else {
3139             // This is a nested type declaration.
3140             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3141               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3142             Invalid = true;
3143           }
3144         }
3145       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3146         // Any access specifier is fine.
3147       } else {
3148         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3149         // member. Complain about it.
3150         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3151         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3152           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3153         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3154           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3155         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3156           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3157 
3158         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3159         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3160             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3161           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3162             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3163         else {
3164           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3165               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3166           Invalid = true;
3167         }
3168       }
3169     }
3170   }
3171 
3172   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3173     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3174       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3175     Invalid = true;
3176   }
3177 
3178   // Mock up a declarator.
3179   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3180   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3181   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3182 
3183   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3184   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3185   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3186     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3187                              DS.getLocStart(),
3188                              Record->getLocation(),
3189                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3190                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3191                              TInfo,
3192                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3193                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3194     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3195     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3196       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3197   } else {
3198     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3199     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3200            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3201     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3202     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3203       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3204       // an error here
3205       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3206       Invalid = true;
3207       SC = SC_None;
3208     }
3209     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3210     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3211       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3212 
3213     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3214                            DS.getLocStart(),
3215                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3216                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3217                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3218 
3219     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3220     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3221     // initializer:
3222     //   union { int n = 0; };
3223     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3224   }
3225   Anon->setImplicit();
3226 
3227   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3228   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3229   // its members.
3230   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3231 
3232   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3233   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3234   // purposes.
3235   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3236   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3237 
3238   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3239                                           Chain, false))
3240     Invalid = true;
3241 
3242   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3243   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3244   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3245   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3246   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3247   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3248   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3249 
3250   if (Invalid)
3251     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3252 
3253   return Anon;
3254 }
3255 
3256 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3257 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3258 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3259 /// Example:
3260 ///
3261 /// struct A { int a; };
3262 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3263 ///
3264 /// void foo() {
3265 ///   B var;
3266 ///   var.a = 3;
3267 /// }
3268 ///
3269 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3270                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3271 
3272   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3273   if (!Record)
3274     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3275 
3276   // Mock up a declarator.
3277   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3278   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3279   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3280 
3281   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3282   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3283                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3284                              DS.getLocStart(),
3285                              DS.getLocStart(),
3286                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3287                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3288                              TInfo,
3289                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3290                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3291   Anon->setImplicit();
3292 
3293   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3294   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3295 
3296   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3297   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3298   // purposes.
3299   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3300   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3301 
3302   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3303   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3304                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3305                                                         Chain, true))
3306     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3307 
3308   return Anon;
3309 }
3310 
3311 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3312 /// given Declarator.
3313 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3314   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3315 }
3316 
3317 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3318 DeclarationNameInfo
3319 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3320   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3321   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3322 
3323   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3324 
3325   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3326   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3327     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3328     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3329     return NameInfo;
3330 
3331   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3332     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3333                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3334     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3335     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3336       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3337     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3338       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3339     return NameInfo;
3340 
3341   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3342     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3343                                                            Name.Identifier));
3344     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3345     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3346     return NameInfo;
3347 
3348   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3349     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3350     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3351     if (Ty.isNull())
3352       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3353     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3354                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3355     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3356     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3357     return NameInfo;
3358   }
3359 
3360   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3361     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3362     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3363     if (Ty.isNull())
3364       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3365     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3366                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3367     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3368     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3369     return NameInfo;
3370   }
3371 
3372   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3373     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3374     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3375     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3376     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3377     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3378       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3379 
3380     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3381     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3382 
3383     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3384     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3385     // was qualified.
3386 
3387     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3388                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3389     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3390     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3391     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3392     return NameInfo;
3393   }
3394 
3395   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3396     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3397     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3398     if (Ty.isNull())
3399       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3400     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3401                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3402     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3403     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3404     return NameInfo;
3405   }
3406 
3407   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3408     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3409     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3410     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3411   }
3412 
3413   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3414 
3415   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3416 }
3417 
3418 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3419   do {
3420     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3421       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3422     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3423       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3424     else
3425       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3426   } while (true);
3427 }
3428 
3429 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3430 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3431 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3432 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3433 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3434 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3435 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3436 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3437                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3438                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3439                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3440   Params.clear();
3441   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3442     return false;
3443   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3444     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3445     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3446 
3447     // The parameter types are identical
3448     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3449       continue;
3450 
3451     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3452     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3453     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3454     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3455 
3456     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3457         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3458       Params.push_back(Idx);
3459     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3460       return false;
3461   }
3462 
3463   return true;
3464 }
3465 
3466 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3467 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3468 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3469 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3470 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3471 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3472                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3473   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3474   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3475   //   - types which will become injected class names
3476   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3477   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3478   // few cases here.
3479 
3480   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3481   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3482   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3483   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3484   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3485   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3486     // Grab the type from the parser.
3487     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3488     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3489     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3490 
3491     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3492     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3493     // attached already.
3494     if (!TSI)
3495       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3496 
3497     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3498     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3499     if (!TSI) return true;
3500 
3501     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3502     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3503     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3504     break;
3505   }
3506 
3507   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3508   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3509     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3510     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3511     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3512     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3513     break;
3514   }
3515 
3516   default:
3517     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3518     break;
3519   }
3520 
3521   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3522   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3523     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3524 
3525     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3526     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3527     // pointer.
3528     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3529       continue;
3530 
3531     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3532     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3533     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3534       return true;
3535   }
3536 
3537   return false;
3538 }
3539 
3540 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3541   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3542   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3543 
3544   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3545       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3546     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3547 
3548   return Dcl;
3549 }
3550 
3551 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3552 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3553 ///   name different from T:
3554 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3555 ///     - every member function of class T
3556 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3557 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3558 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3559                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3560   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3561 
3562   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3563     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3564       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3565       return true;
3566     }
3567 
3568   return false;
3569 }
3570 
3571 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3572 /// nested-name-specifier.
3573 ///
3574 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3575 ///
3576 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3577 /// resolves.
3578 ///
3579 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3580 ///
3581 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3582 ///
3583 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3584 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3585                                         DeclarationName Name,
3586                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3587   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3588   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3589     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3590 
3591   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3592   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3593   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3594   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3595   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3596   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3597   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3598   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3599 
3600   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3601   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3602   //
3603   // class X {
3604   //   void X::f();
3605   // };
3606   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3607     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3608                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3609       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3610     SS.clear();
3611     return false;
3612   }
3613 
3614   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3615   // declaration.
3616   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3617     if (Cur->isRecord())
3618       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3619         << Name << SS.getRange();
3620     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3621       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3622         << Name << SS.getRange();
3623     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3624       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3625         << Name << SS.getRange();
3626     else
3627       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3628       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3629 
3630     return true;
3631   }
3632 
3633   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3634     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3635     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3636       << Name << SS.getRange();
3637     SS.clear();
3638 
3639     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3640     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3641     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3642     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3643          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3644         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3645                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3646       return true;
3647 
3648     return false;
3649   }
3650 
3651   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3652   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3653   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3654   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3655   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3656     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3657   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3658         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3659     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3660       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3661 
3662   return false;
3663 }
3664 
3665 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3666                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3667   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3668   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3669   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3670 
3671   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3672   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3673   if (!Name) {
3674     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3675       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3676            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3677         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3678     return 0;
3679   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3680     return 0;
3681 
3682   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3683   // we find one that is.
3684   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3685          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3686     S = S->getParent();
3687 
3688   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3689   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3690     D.setInvalidType();
3691   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3692     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3693                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3694       return 0;
3695 
3696     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3697     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3698     if (!DC) {
3699       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3700       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3701       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3702       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3703       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3704            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3705         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3706         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3707       return 0;
3708     }
3709     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3710 
3711     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3712         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3713       return 0;
3714 
3715     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3716       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3717            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3718         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3719       D.setInvalidType();
3720     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3721       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3722                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3723         if (DC->isRecord())
3724           return 0;
3725 
3726         D.setInvalidType();
3727       }
3728     }
3729 
3730     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3731     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3732     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3733         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3734       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3735       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3736         D.setInvalidType();
3737     }
3738   }
3739 
3740   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3741     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3742     // Just return early; it's safer.
3743     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3744       return 0;
3745 
3746   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3747   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3748 
3749   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3750                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3751     D.setInvalidType();
3752 
3753   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3754                         ForRedeclaration);
3755 
3756   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3757   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3758     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3759 
3760     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3761     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3762     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3763     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3764       /* Do nothing*/;
3765     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3766       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3767           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3768         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3769     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3770       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3771     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3772              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3773       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3774 
3775     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3776       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3777 
3778     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3779   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3780     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3781 
3782     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3783     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3784     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3785     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3786     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3787     //  thereof; [...]
3788     //
3789     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3790     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3791     // we want to match. For example, given:
3792     //
3793     //   class X {
3794     //     void f();
3795     //     void f(float);
3796     //   };
3797     //
3798     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3799     //
3800     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3801     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3802     // matches.
3803 
3804     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3805     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3806     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3807     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3808     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3809   }
3810 
3811   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3812       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3813     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3814     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3815       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3816                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3817 
3818     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3819     Previous.clear();
3820   }
3821 
3822   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3823   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3824   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3825   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3826   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3827       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3828     Previous.clear();
3829 
3830   NamedDecl *New;
3831 
3832   bool AddToScope = true;
3833   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3834     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3835       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3836       return 0;
3837     }
3838 
3839     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3840   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3841     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3842                                   TemplateParamLists,
3843                                   AddToScope);
3844   } else {
3845     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3846                                   TemplateParamLists);
3847   }
3848 
3849   if (New == 0)
3850     return 0;
3851 
3852   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3853   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3854   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3855        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3856     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3857 
3858   return New;
3859 }
3860 
3861 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3862 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3863 /// GCC compatibility).
3864 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3865                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3866                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3867                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3868   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3869   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3870   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3871   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3872   SizeIsNegative = false;
3873   Oversized = 0;
3874 
3875   if (T->isDependentType())
3876     return QualType();
3877 
3878   QualifierCollector Qs;
3879   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3880 
3881   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3882     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3883     QualType FixedType =
3884         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3885                                             Oversized);
3886     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3887     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3888     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3889   }
3890   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3891     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3892     QualType FixedType =
3893         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3894                                             Oversized);
3895     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3896     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3897     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3898   }
3899 
3900   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3901   if (!VLATy)
3902     return QualType();
3903   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3904   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3905     return QualType();
3906 
3907   llvm::APSInt Res;
3908   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3909       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3910     return QualType();
3911 
3912   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3913   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3914     SizeIsNegative = true;
3915     return QualType();
3916   }
3917 
3918   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3919   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3920     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3921                                               Res);
3922   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3923     Oversized = Res;
3924     return QualType();
3925   }
3926 
3927   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3928                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3929 }
3930 
3931 static void
3932 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
3933   if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3934     PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3935     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(),
3936                                       DstPTL->getPointeeLoc());
3937     DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc());
3938     return;
3939   }
3940   if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3941     ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3942     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(),
3943                                       DstPTL->getInnerLoc());
3944     DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc());
3945     DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc());
3946     return;
3947   }
3948   ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL);
3949   ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3950   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc();
3951   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc();
3952   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
3953   DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc());
3954   DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr());
3955   DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc());
3956 }
3957 
3958 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3959 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3960 /// GCC compatibility).
3961 static TypeSourceInfo*
3962 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3963                                               ASTContext &Context,
3964                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
3965                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3966   QualType FixedTy
3967     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
3968                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
3969   if (FixedTy.isNull())
3970     return 0;
3971   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
3972   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
3973                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
3974   return FixedTInfo;
3975 }
3976 
3977 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3978 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3979 void
3980 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3981                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3982                                        Scope *S) {
3983   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3984          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3985   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3986   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3987 
3988   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3989     return;
3990 
3991   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3992 
3993   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3994   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3995   // declaration.
3996   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3997     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3998     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3999 
4000     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
4001       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
4002       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
4003       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
4004       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
4005 
4006     } else {
4007       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
4008       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
4009         S = S->getParent();
4010     }
4011 
4012     if (S)
4013       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
4014   }
4015 }
4016 
4017 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4018 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4019   if (ExternalSource) {
4020     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4021     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4022     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
4023     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4024       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4025         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4026       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4027         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4028     }
4029   }
4030 
4031   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
4032 }
4033 
4034 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4035 /// does not identify a function.
4036 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
4037   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4038   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4039   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
4040     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
4041          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4042 
4043   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
4044     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4045          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4046 
4047   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
4048     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4049          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4050 }
4051 
4052 NamedDecl*
4053 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4054                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4055   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4056   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4057     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4058       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4059     D.setInvalidType();
4060     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4061     DC = CurContext;
4062     Previous.clear();
4063   }
4064 
4065   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4066     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4067     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4068   }
4069 
4070   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4071 
4072   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4073     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4074   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4075     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4076       << 1;
4077 
4078   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4079     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4080       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4081     return 0;
4082   }
4083 
4084   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4085   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4086 
4087   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4088   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4089 
4090   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4091 
4092   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4093   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4094   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4095   return ND;
4096 }
4097 
4098 void
4099 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4100   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4101   // then it shall have block scope.
4102   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4103   // that redeclarations will match.
4104   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4105   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4106   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4107     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4108 
4109     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4110       bool SizeIsNegative;
4111       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4112       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4113         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4114                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4115                                                       Oversized);
4116       if (FixedTInfo) {
4117         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4118         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4119       } else {
4120         if (SizeIsNegative)
4121           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4122         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4123           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4124         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4125           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4126             << Oversized.toString(10);
4127         else
4128           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4129         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4130       }
4131     }
4132   }
4133 }
4134 
4135 
4136 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4137 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4138 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4139 NamedDecl*
4140 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4141                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4142   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4143   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4144   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4145                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4146   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4147     Redeclaration = true;
4148     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4149   }
4150 
4151   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4152   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4153     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4154         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4155       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4156         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4157       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4158         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4159       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4160         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4161       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4162         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4163     }
4164 
4165   return NewTD;
4166 }
4167 
4168 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4169 /// previous declaration.
4170 ///
4171 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4172 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4173 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4174 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4175 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4176 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4177 ///
4178 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4179 /// lookup
4180 ///
4181 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4182 /// declared.
4183 ///
4184 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4185 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4186 static bool
4187 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4188                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4189   if (!PrevDecl)
4190     return false;
4191 
4192   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4193     return false;
4194 
4195   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4196     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4197     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4198     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4199     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4200     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4201     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4202     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4203     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4204       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4205       return false;
4206 
4207     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4208     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4209       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4210       return false;
4211 
4212     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4213     // previous declarations.
4214     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4215     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4216 
4217     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4218     // isn't the same function.
4219     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4220       return false;
4221   }
4222 
4223   return true;
4224 }
4225 
4226 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4227   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4228   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4229   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4230 }
4231 
4232 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4233   QualType type = decl->getType();
4234   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4235   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4236     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4237     unsigned kind = -1U;
4238     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4239       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4240         kind = 0; // __block
4241       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4242         kind = 1; // global
4243     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4244       kind = 3; // ivar
4245     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4246       kind = 2; // field
4247     }
4248 
4249     if (kind != -1U) {
4250       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4251         << kind;
4252     }
4253   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4254     // Try to infer lifetime.
4255     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4256       return false;
4257 
4258     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4259     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4260     decl->setType(type);
4261   }
4262 
4263   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4264     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4265     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4266         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4267       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4268         << var->getType();
4269       return true;
4270     }
4271   }
4272 
4273   return false;
4274 }
4275 
4276 NamedDecl*
4277 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4278                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4279                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4280   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4281   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4282 
4283   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4284   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4285     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4286 
4287   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4288   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4289          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4290   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4291   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4292     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4293     // an error here
4294     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4295     D.setInvalidType();
4296     SC = SC_None;
4297   }
4298   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4299   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4300     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4301 
4302   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4303   if (!II) {
4304     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4305       << Name;
4306     return 0;
4307   }
4308 
4309   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4310 
4311   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4312     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4313     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4314     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4315 
4316       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4317       // is a GNU extension.
4318       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4319         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4320       else
4321         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4322       D.setInvalidType();
4323     }
4324   }
4325 
4326   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4327     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4328     // OpenCL __local address space.
4329     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4330       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4331       SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4332     }
4333   }
4334 
4335   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4336   VarDecl *NewVD;
4337   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4338     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4339                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4340                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4341 
4342     if (D.isInvalidType())
4343       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4344   } else {
4345     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4346       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4347       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4348         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4349              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4350           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4351       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4352         SC = SC_Static;
4353     }
4354     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4355       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4356         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4357           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4358                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4359             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4360 
4361         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4362         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4363         if (RD->isUnion())
4364           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4365                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4366                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4367                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4368         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4369         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4370           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4371                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4372             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4373       }
4374     }
4375 
4376     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4377     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4378     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4379     bool Invalid = false;
4380     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4381         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4382                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4383                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4384                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4385                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4386                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4387                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4388                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4389                                                   Invalid)) {
4390       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4391         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4392         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4393           << II
4394           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4395                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4396         return 0;
4397       } else {
4398         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4399         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4400         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4401              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4402           << II
4403           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4404                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4405       }
4406     }
4407 
4408     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4409                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4410                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4411 
4412     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4413     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4414     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4415         R->getContainedAutoType())
4416       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4417 
4418     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4419       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4420 
4421     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4422 
4423     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4424       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4425                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4426                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4427     }
4428 
4429     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4430       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4431   }
4432 
4433   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4434   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4435   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4436 
4437   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4438     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4439       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4440     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4441       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4442     else
4443       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4444   }
4445 
4446   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4447     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4448       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4449         << 2
4450         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4451     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4452       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4453         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4454         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4455         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4456     else
4457       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4458   }
4459 
4460   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4461   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4462 
4463   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4464     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4465     // storage [duration]."
4466     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4467         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4468          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4469       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4470       NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static);
4471     }
4472   }
4473 
4474   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4475   // retainable type.
4476   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4477     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4478 
4479   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4480   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4481     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4482     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4483     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4484     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4485       switch (SC) {
4486       case SC_None:
4487       case SC_Auto:
4488         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4489         break;
4490       case SC_Register:
4491         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4492           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4493         break;
4494       case SC_Static:
4495       case SC_Extern:
4496       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4497       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4498         break;
4499       }
4500     }
4501 
4502     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4503                                                 Context, Label));
4504   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4505     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4506       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4507     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4508       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4509       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4510     }
4511   }
4512 
4513   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4514   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4515     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4516 
4517   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4518   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4519   // declaration has linkage).
4520   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4521                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4522 
4523   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4524     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4525   } else {
4526     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4527     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4528       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4529           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4530           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4531         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4532         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4533         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4534           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4535         Previous.clear();
4536         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4537       }
4538     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4539       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4540       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4541         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4542         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4543       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4544     }
4545 
4546     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4547 
4548     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4549     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4550         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4551       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4552   }
4553 
4554   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4555   // such variables.
4556   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4557       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4558     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4559 
4560   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4561   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4562   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4563     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4564 
4565   return NewVD;
4566 }
4567 
4568 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4569 /// -Wshadow.
4570 ///
4571 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4572 /// scope.
4573 ///
4574 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4575 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4576 ///
4577 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4578   // Return if warning is ignored.
4579   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4580         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4581     return;
4582 
4583   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4584   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4585     return;
4586 
4587   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4588 
4589   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4590   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4591     return;
4592 
4593   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4594   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4595     return;
4596 
4597   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4598   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4599     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4600       if (MD->isStatic())
4601         return;
4602 
4603   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4604     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4605       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4606       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4607       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4608              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4609            I != E; ++I)
4610         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4611           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4612           break;
4613         }
4614     }
4615 
4616   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4617 
4618   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4619   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4620     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4621     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4622       return;
4623 
4624     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4625     // static data members from base classes?
4626 
4627     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4628     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4629     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4630   }
4631 
4632   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4633   unsigned Kind;
4634   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4635     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4636       Kind = 3; // field
4637     else
4638       Kind = 2; // static data member
4639   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4640     Kind = 1; // global
4641   else
4642     Kind = 0; // local
4643 
4644   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4645 
4646   // Emit warning and note.
4647   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4648   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4649 }
4650 
4651 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4652 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4653   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4654         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4655     return;
4656 
4657   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4658                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4659   LookupName(R, S);
4660   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4661 }
4662 
4663 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4664 /// declaration.
4665 ///
4666 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4667 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4668 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4669 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4670 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4671 ///
4672 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4673 ///
4674 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4675 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4676                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4677   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4678   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4679     return false;
4680 
4681   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4682   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4683 
4684   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4685     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4686       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4687     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4688     NewVD->setType(T);
4689   }
4690 
4691   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4692   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4693   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4694   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4695   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4696     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4697     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4698     return false;
4699   }
4700 
4701   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4702   // scope.
4703   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4704       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4705     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4706     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4707     return false;
4708   }
4709 
4710   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4711       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4712     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4713       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4714     else {
4715       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4716       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4717     }
4718   }
4719 
4720   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4721   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4722       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4723     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4724 
4725   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4726       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4727     bool SizeIsNegative;
4728     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4729     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4730       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4731                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4732     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4733       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4734       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4735       // int a[10][n];
4736       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4737 
4738       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4739         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4740         << SizeRange;
4741       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4742         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4743         << SizeRange;
4744       else
4745         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4746         << SizeRange;
4747       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4748       return false;
4749     }
4750 
4751     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
4752       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4753         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4754       else
4755         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4756       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4757       return false;
4758     }
4759 
4760     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4761     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
4762     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4763   }
4764 
4765   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4766     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4767     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4768     // declaration with the same name.
4769     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4770       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4771     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4772       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4773   }
4774 
4775   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4776     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4777       << T;
4778     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4779     return false;
4780   }
4781 
4782   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4783     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4784     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4785     return false;
4786   }
4787 
4788   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4789     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4790     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4791     return false;
4792   }
4793 
4794   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4795       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4796                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4797     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4798     return false;
4799   }
4800 
4801   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4802     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4803     return true;
4804   }
4805   return false;
4806 }
4807 
4808 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4809 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4810   Sema *S;
4811   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4812 };
4813 
4814 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4815 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4816 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4817 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4818                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4819                                  void *UserData) {
4820   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4821 
4822   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4823     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4824 
4825   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4826 
4827   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4828   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4829     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4830     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4831     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4832 
4833     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4834   }
4835 
4836   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4837        !Path.Decls.empty();
4838        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
4839     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
4840     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4841       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4842         return true;
4843     }
4844   }
4845 
4846   return false;
4847 }
4848 
4849 namespace {
4850   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
4851 }
4852 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
4853 /// overriden methods.
4854 ///
4855 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
4856 /// \param MD the overriding method.
4857 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
4858 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4859                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
4860   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
4861   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
4862                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
4863        I != E; ++I) {
4864     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
4865     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
4866     // out the diag loop 3 times.
4867     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
4868         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
4869         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
4870       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
4871   }
4872 }
4873 
4874 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4875 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4876 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4877   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4878   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4879   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4880   Data.Method = MD;
4881   Data.S = this;
4882   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4883   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4884   bool AddedAny = false;
4885   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4886     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4887          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4888       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4889         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4890         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4891             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
4892             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4893             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4894           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
4895           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
4896           AddedAny = true;
4897         }
4898       }
4899     }
4900   }
4901 
4902   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
4903     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
4904   }
4905   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
4906     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
4907   }
4908 
4909   return AddedAny;
4910 }
4911 
4912 namespace {
4913   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4914   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4915   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4916     Scope *S;
4917     Declarator &D;
4918     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4919     bool AddToScope;
4920   };
4921 }
4922 
4923 namespace {
4924 
4925 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4926 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4927 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4928  public:
4929   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4930                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4931       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4932         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4933 
4934   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4935     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4936       return false;
4937 
4938     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4939     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4940                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4941          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4942       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4943 
4944       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4945           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4946         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4947           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4948           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4949             return true;
4950         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4951           return true;
4952         }
4953       }
4954     }
4955 
4956     return false;
4957   }
4958 
4959  private:
4960   ASTContext &Context;
4961   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4962   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4963 };
4964 
4965 }
4966 
4967 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4968 ///
4969 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4970 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4971 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4972 /// the same name.
4973 ///
4974 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4975 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4976 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4977     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4978     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4979   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4980   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4981   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4982   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4983                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4984   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4985   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4986   TypoCorrection Correction;
4987   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4988                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4989   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4990                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4991 
4992   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4993   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4994   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4995          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4996   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4997   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4998                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4999   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5000     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5001          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5002       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5003       if (FD &&
5004           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5005         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5006         // involve a parameter
5007         unsigned ParamNum =
5008             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5009         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5010       }
5011     }
5012   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5013   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5014                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5015                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5016     // Trap errors.
5017     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5018 
5019     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5020     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5021                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5022     Previous.clear();
5023     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5024     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5025                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5026          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5027       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5028       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5029           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5030         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5031       }
5032     }
5033     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5034     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5035     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5036     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5037     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5038         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5039         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5040         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5041         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5042     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5043       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5044       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5045                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5046       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5047       Previous.clear();
5048       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5049       Result = NULL;
5050     } else {
5051       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5052                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5053            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5054         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5055           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5056       }
5057     }
5058     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5059       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5060       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5061     } else {
5062       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5063                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5064     }
5065   }
5066 
5067   if (Correction) {
5068     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5069     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5070     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5071     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5072     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5073     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5074     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5075       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5076     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5077         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5078         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5079             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5080   } else {
5081     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5082         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5083   }
5084 
5085   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5086   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5087     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5088 
5089   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5090        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5091        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5092     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5093     bool FDisConst = false;
5094     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5095       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5096 
5097     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5098       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5099       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5100       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5101       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5102           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5103     } else if (Correction) {
5104       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5105           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5106     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5107       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5108           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5109     } else
5110       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5111   }
5112   return Result;
5113 }
5114 
5115 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5116                                                           Declarator &D) {
5117   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5118   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5119   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5120   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5121   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5122     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5123                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5124     D.setInvalidType();
5125     break;
5126   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5127   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
5128   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5129     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5130       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5131       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5132       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5133       //   other than extern
5134       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5135       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5136                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5137       break;
5138     } else
5139       return SC_Static;
5140   }
5141   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5142   }
5143 
5144   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5145   return SC_None;
5146 }
5147 
5148 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5149                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5150                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5151                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5152                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5153   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5154   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5155 
5156   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5157   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5158   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
5159   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
5160     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
5161 
5162   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5163     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5164     // prototype. This true when:
5165     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5166     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5167     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5168     bool HasPrototype =
5169       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5170       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5171 
5172     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5173                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5174                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5175                                  HasPrototype);
5176     if (D.isInvalidType())
5177       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5178 
5179     // Set the lexical context.
5180     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5181 
5182     return NewFD;
5183   }
5184 
5185   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5186   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5187 
5188   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5189   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5190   // the class has been completely parsed.
5191   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5192       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5193                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5194                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5195                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5196     D.setInvalidType();
5197 
5198   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5199     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5200     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5201            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5202 
5203     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5204     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5205                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5206                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5207                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5208                                       isConstexpr);
5209 
5210   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5211     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5212     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5213       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5214       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5215       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5216                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5217                                         D.getLocStart(),
5218                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5219                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5220 
5221       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5222       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5223       // it yet.
5224       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5225           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5226           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5227         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5228       }
5229 
5230       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5231       return NewDD;
5232 
5233     } else {
5234       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5235       D.setInvalidType();
5236 
5237       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5238       // code path.
5239       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5240                                   D.getLocStart(),
5241                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5242                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5243                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5244     }
5245 
5246   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5247     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5248       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5249            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5250       return 0;
5251     }
5252 
5253     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5254     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5255     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5256                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5257                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5258                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5259 
5260   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5261     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5262     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5263     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5264     // constructor if it has no return type).
5265     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5266         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5267       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5268         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5269         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5270       return 0;
5271     }
5272 
5273     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5274 
5275     // [class.free]p1:
5276     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5277     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5278     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5279         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5280       isStatic = true;
5281 
5282     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5283     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5284     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5285         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5286       isStatic = true;
5287 
5288     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5289 
5290     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5291     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5292                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5293                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5294                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5295 
5296   } else {
5297     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5298     // prototype. This true when:
5299     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5300     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5301                                 D.getLocStart(),
5302                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5303                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5304   }
5305 }
5306 
5307 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5308   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5309   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5310   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5311       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5312     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5313     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5314       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5315     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5316                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5317       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5318     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5319       << IsTypeAlias;
5320   }
5321 }
5322 
5323 NamedDecl*
5324 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5325                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5326                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5327                               bool &AddToScope) {
5328   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5329 
5330   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5331 
5332   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5333   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5334   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5335   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5336 
5337   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5338     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5339 
5340   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5341   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5342     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5343          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5344     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5345     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5346 
5347     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5348     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5349     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5350       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5351       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5352                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5353     }
5354     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5355       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5356   }
5357 
5358   bool isFriend = false;
5359   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5360   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5361   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5362 
5363   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5364   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5365   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5366 
5367   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5368 
5369   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5370                                               isVirtualOkay);
5371   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5372 
5373   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5374     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5375 
5376   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5377     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5378     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5379     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5380     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5381     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5382     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5383       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5384       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5385       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5386       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5387     }
5388 
5389     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5390     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5391     // return true).
5392     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5393           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5394       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5395         NewFD->setPure(true);
5396     }
5397 
5398     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5399     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5400     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5401     if (D.isInvalidType())
5402       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5403 
5404     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5405     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5406     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5407     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5408 
5409     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5410     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5411     bool Invalid = false;
5412     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5413           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5414                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5415                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5416                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5417                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5418                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5419                                   isFriend,
5420                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5421                                   Invalid)) {
5422       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5423         // This is a function template
5424 
5425         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5426         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5427           return 0;
5428 
5429         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5430         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5431           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5432           return 0;
5433         }
5434 
5435         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5436         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5437         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5438         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5439           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5440           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5441             Invalid = true;
5442         }
5443 
5444 
5445         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5446                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5447                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5448                                                         NewFD);
5449         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5450         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5451 
5452         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5453         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5454           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5455                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5456                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5457         }
5458       } else {
5459         // This is a function template specialization.
5460         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5461         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5462         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5463                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5464                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5465 
5466         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5467         if (isFriend) {
5468           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5469           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5470 
5471           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5472           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5473           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5474           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5475           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5476           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5477           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5478             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5479             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5480           }
5481 
5482           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5483             << Name << RemoveRange
5484             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5485             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5486         }
5487       }
5488     }
5489     else {
5490       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5491       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5492       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5493         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5494         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5495                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5496                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5497     }
5498 
5499     if (Invalid) {
5500       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5501       if (FunctionTemplate)
5502         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5503     }
5504 
5505     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5506     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5507     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5508     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5509     //
5510     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5511       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5512         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5513              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5514       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5515         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5516         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5517              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5518           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5519       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5520         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5521         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5522         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5523              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5524           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5525       } else {
5526         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5527         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5528       }
5529     }
5530 
5531     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5532     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5533     //  declaration.
5534     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5535       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5536         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5537         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5538              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5539           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5540       }
5541     }
5542 
5543     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5544     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5545     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5546     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5547     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5548       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5549         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5550         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5551              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5552           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5553       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5554                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5555         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5556         // or conversion function.
5557         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5558              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5559           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5560       }
5561     }
5562 
5563     if (isConstexpr) {
5564       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5565       // are implicitly inline.
5566       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5567 
5568       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5569       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5570       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5571       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5572         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5573     }
5574 
5575     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5576     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5577       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5578         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5579           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5580         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5581           << 0
5582           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5583       } else {
5584         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5585         if (FunctionTemplate)
5586           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5587       }
5588     }
5589 
5590     if (isFriend) {
5591       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5592       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5593         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5594         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5595       }
5596       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5597       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5598     }
5599 
5600     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5601     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5602       case FDK_Declaration:
5603       case FDK_Definition:
5604         break;
5605 
5606       case FDK_Defaulted:
5607         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5608         break;
5609 
5610       case FDK_Deleted:
5611         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5612         break;
5613     }
5614 
5615     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5616         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5617       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5618       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5619       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5620       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5621     }
5622 
5623     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5624         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5625       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5626       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5627       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5628       //   the class.
5629 
5630       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5631       // member function definition.
5632       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5633            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5634         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5635     }
5636 
5637     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
5638     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
5639     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
5640     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5641     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5642          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
5643         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
5644       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5645       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
5646       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
5647                                              FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5648                                              FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI));
5649     }
5650   }
5651 
5652   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5653   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5654                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5655                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5656 
5657   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5658   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5659     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5660     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5661     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5662                                                 SE->getString()));
5663   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5664     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5665       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5666     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5667       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5668       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5669     }
5670   }
5671 
5672   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5673   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5674   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5675   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5676     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5677 
5678     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5679     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5680     // single void argument.
5681     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5682     // already checks for that case.
5683     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5684         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5685         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5686       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5687       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
5688     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5689       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5690         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5691         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5692         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5693         Params.push_back(Param);
5694 
5695         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5696           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5697       }
5698     }
5699 
5700   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5701     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5702     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5703     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5704     //
5705     // @code
5706     // typedef void fn(int);
5707     // fn f;
5708     // @endcode
5709 
5710     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5711     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5712          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5713       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5714         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5715       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5716       Params.push_back(Param);
5717     }
5718   } else {
5719     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5720            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5721   }
5722 
5723   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5724   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5725 
5726   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5727   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5728   //
5729   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5730   //
5731   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5732   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5733   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5734 
5735   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5736   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5737                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5738 
5739   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5740   // because all functions have linkage.
5741   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5742       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5743     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5744     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5745   }
5746 
5747   // Handle attributes.
5748   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5749                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5750 
5751   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
5752   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
5753       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
5754   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
5755       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
5756     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5757     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
5758       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
5759                                                         Context));
5760     }
5761   }
5762 
5763   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5764     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5765     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5766     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5767       if (NewFD->isMain())
5768         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5769       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5770                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5771     }
5772     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5773     else if (!Previous.empty())
5774            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5775     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5776             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5777            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5778   } else {
5779     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5780     // argument list into our AST format.
5781     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5782       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5783       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5784       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5785       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5786                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5787       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5788                                  TemplateArgs);
5789 
5790       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5791 
5792       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5793         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5794       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5795         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5796         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5797           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5798 
5799         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5800       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5801                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5802         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5803         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5804         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5805         // too few of them).
5806         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5807           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5808           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5809                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5810                                         "template<> ");
5811         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5812       } else {
5813         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5814         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5815       }
5816     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5817       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5818       // wrote something like:
5819       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5820       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5821       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5822       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5823       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5824         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5825       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5826     }
5827 
5828     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5829     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5830     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5831     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5832     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5833     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5834         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5835          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5836             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5837             InstantiationDependent))) {
5838       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5839              "friend function specialization without template args");
5840       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5841                                                        Previous))
5842         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5843     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5844       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5845           && !isFriend) {
5846         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5847         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5848           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5849           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5850           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5851       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5852                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5853                                                      Previous))
5854         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5855 
5856       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5857       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5858       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5859       if (SC != SC_None) {
5860         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5861           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5862                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5863             << SC
5864             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5865                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5866 
5867         else
5868           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5869                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5870             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5871                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5872       }
5873 
5874     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5875       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5876           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5877     }
5878 
5879     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5880     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5881       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5882         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5883         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5884         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5885           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5886       } else {
5887         if (NewFD->isMain())
5888           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5889         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5890                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5891       }
5892     }
5893 
5894     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5895             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5896            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5897 
5898     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5899                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5900                                 : NewFD);
5901 
5902     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5903       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5904       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5905         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5906 
5907       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5908       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5909 
5910       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5911     }
5912 
5913     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5914         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5915       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5916 
5917     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5918     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5919     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5920       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5921                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5922       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5923                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5924                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5925                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5926                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5927                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5928                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5929                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5930                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5931                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5932                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5933     }
5934 
5935     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5936       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5937     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5938       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5939                                        AddToScope };
5940       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5941       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5942         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5943 
5944       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5945       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5946         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5947         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5948 
5949         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5950         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5951         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5952         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5953         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5954         // can actually do this check immediately.
5955         if (isFriend &&
5956             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5957              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5958              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5959           // ignore these
5960         } else {
5961           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5962           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5963           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5964           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5965           //
5966           // class X {
5967           //   void f() const;
5968           // };
5969           //
5970           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5971           //
5972           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5973           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5974           // whether the parameter types are references).
5975 
5976           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5977                                                                NewFD,
5978                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5979             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5980             return Result;
5981           }
5982         }
5983 
5984         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5985         // to something.
5986       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5987         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5988                                                              NewFD,
5989                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5990           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5991           return Result;
5992         }
5993       }
5994 
5995     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5996                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5997                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5998       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5999       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6000       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
6001       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
6002       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
6003       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6004       // generate them.
6005       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6006         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6007     }
6008   }
6009 
6010   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6011 
6012   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6013       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6014     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6015          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6016       << NewFD;
6017 
6018     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6019     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6020     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6021     EPI.Variadic = true;
6022     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6023 
6024     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
6025     NewFD->setType(R);
6026   }
6027 
6028   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6029   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6030   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
6031     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6032 
6033   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6034   // marking the function.
6035   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6036 
6037   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
6038   // map of such names.
6039   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
6040       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6041     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
6042 
6043   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6044   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6045 
6046   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6047     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6048       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6049         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6050       return FunctionTemplate;
6051     }
6052   }
6053 
6054   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6055   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6056       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
6057       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6058     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6059     D.setInvalidType();
6060   }
6061 
6062   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6063 
6064   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6065     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6066       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6067           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6068         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6069           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6070             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6071 
6072           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6073         }
6074       }
6075 
6076   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6077   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6078   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6079   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6080     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6081                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6082                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6083                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6084                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6085     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6086     AddToScope = false;
6087   }
6088 
6089   return NewFD;
6090 }
6091 
6092 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6093 ///
6094 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6095 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6096 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6097 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6098 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6099 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6100 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6101 ///
6102 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6103 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6104 ///
6105 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6106 ///
6107 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6108 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6109                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6110                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6111   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6112          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6113 
6114   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6115   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
6116     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
6117     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
6118     // declaration with the same name.
6119     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6120       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
6121     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
6122       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
6123   }
6124 
6125   bool Redeclaration = false;
6126 
6127   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6128   // the same name, if appropriate.
6129   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6130     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6131     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6132     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6133     // function to the scope.
6134 
6135     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6136     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6137       Redeclaration = true;
6138       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6139     } else {
6140       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6141                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6142       case Ovl_Match:
6143         Redeclaration = true;
6144         break;
6145 
6146       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6147         Redeclaration = true;
6148         break;
6149 
6150       case Ovl_Overload:
6151         Redeclaration = false;
6152         break;
6153       }
6154 
6155       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6156         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6157         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6158         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6159           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6160         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6161         if (Redeclaration)
6162           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6163         else if (!Previous.empty())
6164           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6165         if (OverloadedDecl)
6166           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6167                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6168         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6169                                                         Context));
6170       }
6171     }
6172 
6173     if (Redeclaration) {
6174       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6175       // merged.
6176       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6177         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6178         return Redeclaration;
6179       }
6180 
6181       Previous.clear();
6182       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6183 
6184       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6185                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6186         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6187         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6188           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6189         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6190         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6191               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6192           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6193           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6194         }
6195 
6196         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6197         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6198         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6199             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6200           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6201           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6202         }
6203 
6204       } else {
6205         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6206           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6207         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6208       }
6209     }
6210   }
6211 
6212   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6213   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6214     // C++-specific checks.
6215     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6216       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6217     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6218                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6219       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6220       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6221 
6222       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6223       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6224       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6225         DeclarationName Name
6226           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6227                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6228         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6229           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6230           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6231           return Redeclaration;
6232         }
6233       }
6234     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6235                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6236       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6237     }
6238 
6239     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6240     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6241       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6242           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6243           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6244         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6245           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6246           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6247             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6248           }
6249         }
6250       }
6251 
6252       if (Method->isStatic())
6253         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6254     }
6255 
6256     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6257     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6258         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6259       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6260       return Redeclaration;
6261     }
6262 
6263     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6264     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6265         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6266       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6267       return Redeclaration;
6268     }
6269 
6270     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6271     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6272     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6273     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6274       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6275 
6276     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6277     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6278     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6279       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6280       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6281       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6282       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6283         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6284         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6285         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6286       }
6287     }
6288 
6289     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6290     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6291     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6292     if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
6293       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6294       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6295         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6296             << NewFD << R;
6297       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6298                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6299         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6300     }
6301   }
6302   return Redeclaration;
6303 }
6304 
6305 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6306   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6307   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6308   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6309   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6310   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6311   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6312     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6313          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6314       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6315   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6316     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6317       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6318   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6319     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6320       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6321     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6322   }
6323 
6324   QualType T = FD->getType();
6325   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6326   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6327 
6328   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6329   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6330     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6331     // set the flag which tells us that.
6332     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6333     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6334 
6335   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6336   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6337   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6338   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6339     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6340 
6341   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6342   } else {
6343     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6344     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6345   }
6346 
6347   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6348   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6349 
6350   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6351   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6352   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6353 
6354   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6355 
6356   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6357   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6358   // getting shifty.
6359   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6360     HasExtraParameters = false;
6361 
6362   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6363     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6364     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6365     nparams = 3;
6366   }
6367 
6368   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6369   // if we had some location information about types.
6370 
6371   QualType CharPP =
6372     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6373   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6374 
6375   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6376     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6377 
6378     bool mismatch = true;
6379 
6380     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6381       mismatch = false;
6382     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6383       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6384       //   char const **
6385       //   char const * const *
6386       //   char * const *
6387 
6388       QualifierCollector qs;
6389       const PointerType* PT;
6390       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6391           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6392           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6393         qs.removeConst();
6394         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6395       }
6396     }
6397 
6398     if (mismatch) {
6399       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6400       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6401       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6402     }
6403   }
6404 
6405   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6406     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6407   }
6408 
6409   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6410     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6411     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6412   }
6413 }
6414 
6415 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6416   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6417   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6418   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6419   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6420   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6421   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6422   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6423   // rules there don't matter.)
6424   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6425     return false;
6426   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6427     << Init->getSourceRange();
6428   return true;
6429 }
6430 
6431 namespace {
6432   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6433   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6434   class SelfReferenceChecker
6435       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6436     Sema &S;
6437     Decl *OrigDecl;
6438     bool isRecordType;
6439     bool isPODType;
6440     bool isReferenceType;
6441 
6442   public:
6443     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6444 
6445     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6446                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6447       isPODType = false;
6448       isRecordType = false;
6449       isReferenceType = false;
6450       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6451         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6452         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6453         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6454       }
6455     }
6456 
6457     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6458     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6459     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6460     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6461       if (isReferenceType)
6462         return;
6463       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6464       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6465         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6466         return;
6467       }
6468 
6469       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6470         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6471         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6472         return;
6473       }
6474 
6475       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6476         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6477         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6478           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
6479           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6480             return;
6481           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6482         }
6483         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
6484           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6485         return;
6486       }
6487     }
6488 
6489     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
6490     // bad, not just r-value uses.
6491     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
6492       if (isReferenceType)
6493         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
6494     }
6495 
6496     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6497       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
6498           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6499         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6500 
6501       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6502     }
6503 
6504     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6505       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6506       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6507 
6508       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
6509       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
6510       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
6511       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
6512       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6513       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6514         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6515           Warn = false;
6516         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6517       }
6518 
6519       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
6520         if (Warn)
6521           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6522         return;
6523       }
6524 
6525       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
6526       // Visit that expression.
6527       Visit(Base);
6528     }
6529 
6530     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6531       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6532       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
6533           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
6534         if (!isPODType)
6535           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6536         return;
6537       }
6538       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6539     }
6540 
6541     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6542 
6543     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6544       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6545       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6546       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6547           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6548           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6549       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6550                             S.PDiag(diag)
6551                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
6552                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6553                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6554     }
6555   };
6556 
6557   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6558   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
6559                                  bool DirectInit) {
6560     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
6561     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
6562     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
6563       return;
6564 
6565     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6566 
6567     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6568     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6569     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
6570       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
6571         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6572           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
6573             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
6574               return;
6575 
6576     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
6577   }
6578 }
6579 
6580 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6581 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6582 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6583 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6584                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6585   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6586   // the initializer.
6587   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6588     return;
6589 
6590   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6591     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6592     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6593     // Thus this grotesque test.
6594     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6595     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6596         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6597       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6598     else {
6599       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6600         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6601       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6602     }
6603     return;
6604   }
6605 
6606   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6607   if (!VDecl) {
6608     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6609     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6610     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6611     return;
6612   }
6613 
6614   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6615 
6616   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6617   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6618   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6619       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6620       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6621     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6622     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6623     // contains exactly one expression.
6624     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6625       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6626         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6627         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6628         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6629              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6630           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6631           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6632         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6633         return;
6634       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6635         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6636              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6637           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6638           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6639         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6640         return;
6641       } else {
6642         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6643       }
6644     }
6645     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6646     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6647             DAR_Failed)
6648       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6649     if (!DeducedType) {
6650       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6651       return;
6652     }
6653     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6654     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6655     VDecl->ClearLVCache();
6656 
6657     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6658     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6659       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6660 
6661     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6662     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6663     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6664     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6665     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6666         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6667       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6668       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6669         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6670     }
6671 
6672     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6673     // the previously declared type.
6674     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6675       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6676   }
6677 
6678   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6679     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6680     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6681     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6682     return;
6683   }
6684 
6685   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6686     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6687     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6688     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6689     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6690     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6691       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6692     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6693                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6694       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6695       return;
6696     }
6697 
6698     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6699     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6700                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6701                                AbstractVariableType))
6702       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6703   }
6704 
6705   const VarDecl *Def;
6706   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6707     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6708       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6709     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6710     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6711     return;
6712   }
6713 
6714   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6715   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6716     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6717     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6718     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6719     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6720     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6721     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6722     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6723     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6724     //
6725     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6726     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6727     // declaration with an initializer.
6728     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6729       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6730         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6731       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6732       return;
6733     }
6734 
6735     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6736       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6737 
6738     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6739       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6740       return;
6741     }
6742   }
6743 
6744   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6745   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6746   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6747     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6748     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6749     return;
6750   }
6751 
6752   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6753   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6754   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6755 
6756   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6757   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6758   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6759     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6760       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6761       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6762         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6763         return;
6764       }
6765       Init = Result.take();
6766     }
6767 
6768   // Perform the initialization.
6769   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6770     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6771     InitializationKind Kind
6772       = DirectInit ?
6773           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6774                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6775                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6776                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6777                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6778                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6779                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6780 
6781     Expr **Args = &Init;
6782     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6783     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6784       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6785       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6786     }
6787     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6788     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6789                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6790     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6791       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6792       return;
6793     }
6794 
6795     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6796   }
6797 
6798   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6799   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6800   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6801   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
6802       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6803     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
6804   }
6805 
6806   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6807   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6808   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6809   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6810   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6811     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6812 
6813   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6814   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6815 
6816   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6817     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6818 
6819     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6820       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
6821 
6822     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
6823     // Although this code can still have problems:
6824     //   id x = self.weakProp;
6825     //   id y = self.weakProp;
6826     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
6827     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
6828     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
6829     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
6830       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6831         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
6832                                  Init->getLocStart());
6833       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6834         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
6835     }
6836   }
6837 
6838   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6839   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6840   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6841 
6842   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6843     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6844     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6845     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6846     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6847         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6848       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6849   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6850              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6851     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6852     //
6853     // struct S {
6854     //   static const int value = 17;
6855     // };
6856 
6857     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6858     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6859     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6860     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6861     //
6862     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6863     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6864     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6865     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6866     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6867     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6868     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6869     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6870     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6871 
6872     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6873     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6874 
6875     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6876     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6877     // type.
6878     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6879 
6880     // Require constness.
6881     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6882       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6883         << Init->getSourceRange();
6884       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6885 
6886     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6887     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6888       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6889       SourceLocation Loc;
6890       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6891         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6892         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6893         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6894       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6895         ; // Nothing to check.
6896       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6897         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6898       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6899         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6900         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6901         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6902           << Init->getSourceRange();
6903       } else {
6904         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6905         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6906         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6907           << Init->getSourceRange();
6908         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6909       }
6910 
6911     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6912     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6913       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6914         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6915       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
6916         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6917              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6918           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6919 
6920       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6921         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6922           << Init->getSourceRange();
6923         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6924       }
6925 
6926     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6927     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6928       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6929         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6930         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6931       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6932 
6933     } else {
6934       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6935         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6936       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6937     }
6938   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6939     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6940         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6941          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6942       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6943 
6944     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6945     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6946       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6947   }
6948 
6949   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6950   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6951   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6952   //
6953   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6954   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6955   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6956   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6957   // special case code.
6958 
6959   // C++ 8.5p11:
6960   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6961   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6962   // class type.
6963   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6964     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6965     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6966   } else if (DirectInit) {
6967     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6968     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6969   }
6970 
6971   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6972 }
6973 
6974 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6975 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6976 /// of sanity.
6977 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6978   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6979   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6980   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6981 
6982   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6983   if (!VD) return;
6984 
6985   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6986   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6987     D->setInvalidDecl();
6988     return;
6989   }
6990 
6991   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6992   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6993 
6994   // Require a complete type.
6995   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6996                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6997                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6998     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6999     return;
7000   }
7001 
7002   // Require an abstract type.
7003   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7004                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7005                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7006     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7007     return;
7008   }
7009 
7010   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7011   // though.
7012 }
7013 
7014 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7015                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7016   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7017   if (RealDecl == 0)
7018     return;
7019 
7020   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7021     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7022 
7023     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7024     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7025       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7026         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7027       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7028       return;
7029     }
7030 
7031     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7032     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7033     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7034     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7035     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7036     // member.
7037     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7038       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7039         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7040              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7041           << Var->getDeclName();
7042       else
7043         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7044       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7045       return;
7046     }
7047 
7048     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7049     case VarDecl::Definition:
7050       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7051         break;
7052 
7053       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7054       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7055       // a declaration.
7056       //
7057       // Fall through
7058 
7059     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7060       // It's only a declaration.
7061 
7062       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7063       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7064       // object shall be complete.
7065       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7066           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7067           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7068                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7069         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7070 
7071       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7072       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7073           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7074                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7075                                  AbstractVariableType))
7076         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7077       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7078           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7079         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7080         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7081       }
7082 
7083       return;
7084 
7085     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7086       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7087       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7088       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7089       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7090       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7091       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7092         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7093                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7094           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7095                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7096                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7097             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7098         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7099           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7100           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7101           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7102           // NOTE: code such as the following
7103           //     static struct s;
7104           //     struct s { int a; };
7105           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7106           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7107           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7108           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7109             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7110                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7111         }
7112       }
7113 
7114       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7115       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7116         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7117       return;
7118     }
7119 
7120     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7121     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7122     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7123       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7124            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7125       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7126       return;
7127     }
7128 
7129     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7130     // definitions with reference type.
7131     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7132       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7133         << Var->getDeclName()
7134         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7135       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7136       return;
7137     }
7138 
7139     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7140     // variable with dependent type.
7141     if (Type->isDependentType())
7142       return;
7143 
7144     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7145       return;
7146 
7147     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7148                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7149                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7150       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7151       return;
7152     }
7153 
7154     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7155     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7156                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7157                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7158       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7159       return;
7160     }
7161 
7162     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7163     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7164     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7165     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7166     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7167     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7168     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7169     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7170     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7171     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7172     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7173       if (const RecordType *Record
7174             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7175         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7176         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7177         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7178         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7179         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7180           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7181       }
7182     }
7183 
7184     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7185     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7186     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7187     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7188     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7189     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7190     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7191     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7192     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7193     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7194     //   program is ill-formed.
7195     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7196     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7197     //   default-initialized; [...].
7198     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7199     InitializationKind Kind
7200       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7201 
7202     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
7203     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
7204     if (Init.isInvalid())
7205       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7206     else if (Init.get()) {
7207       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7208       // This is important for template substitution.
7209       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7210     }
7211 
7212     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7213   }
7214 }
7215 
7216 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7217   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7218   if (!VD) {
7219     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7220     D->setInvalidDecl();
7221     return;
7222   }
7223 
7224   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7225 
7226   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7227   int Error = -1;
7228   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
7229   case SC_None:
7230     break;
7231   case SC_Extern:
7232     Error = 0;
7233     break;
7234   case SC_Static:
7235     Error = 1;
7236     break;
7237   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7238     Error = 2;
7239     break;
7240   case SC_Auto:
7241     Error = 3;
7242     break;
7243   case SC_Register:
7244     Error = 4;
7245     break;
7246   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
7247     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
7248   }
7249   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7250     Error = 5;
7251   if (Error != -1) {
7252     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7253       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7254     D->setInvalidDecl();
7255   }
7256 }
7257 
7258 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7259   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7260 
7261   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7262   // local retaining variable.
7263   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7264       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7265     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7266     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7267     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7268     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7269       break;
7270 
7271     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7272     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7273       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7274       break;
7275     }
7276   }
7277 
7278   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
7279       var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage &&
7280       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
7281                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
7282                        var->getLocation())) {
7283     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
7284     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
7285     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
7286       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
7287 
7288     if (!prev)
7289       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
7290   }
7291 
7292   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7293   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7294 
7295   QualType type = var->getType();
7296   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
7297 
7298   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7299   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7300     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7301     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7302 
7303     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7304     // constructing this copy.
7305     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7306       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7307       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7308       ExprResult result =
7309         PerformCopyInitialization(
7310                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7311                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7312       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7313         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7314         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7315         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7316       }
7317     }
7318   }
7319 
7320   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7321   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7322   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
7323 
7324   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
7325       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7326     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7327         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7328                                             var->getLocation())
7329           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7330         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7331       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7332         << Init->getSourceRange();
7333 
7334     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7335       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7336       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7337         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7338         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7339         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7340         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7341               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7342           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7343           Notes.clear();
7344         }
7345         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7346           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7347         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7348           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7349       }
7350     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7351       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7352       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7353       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7354       var->checkInitIsICE();
7355     }
7356   }
7357 
7358   // Require the destructor.
7359   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7360     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7361 }
7362 
7363 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7364 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7365 void
7366 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7367   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7368   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7369 
7370   const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7371   if (!VD)
7372     return;
7373 
7374   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
7375     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
7376 
7377   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7378   // tag values.
7379   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
7380       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
7381     return;
7382 
7383   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7384          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7385          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7386        I != E; ++I) {
7387     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7388     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7389       continue;
7390     }
7391     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7392     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7393       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7394            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7395         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7396       continue;
7397     }
7398     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7399       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7400            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7401         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7402       continue;
7403     }
7404     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7405     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7406                                MagicValue,
7407                                I->getMatchingCType(),
7408                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7409                                I->getMustBeNull());
7410   }
7411 }
7412 
7413 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7414 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7415                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7416   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7417 
7418   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7419     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7420 
7421   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7422     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7423       Decls.push_back(D);
7424 
7425   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
7426     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
7427       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
7428 
7429   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7430                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7431 }
7432 
7433 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7434 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7435 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7436 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7437                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7438   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7439   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7440   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7441   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7442   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7443   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7444   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7445   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7446     QualType Deduced;
7447     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7448     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7449     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7450       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7451         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7452         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7453         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7454           break;
7455         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7456           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7457           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7458           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7459             Deduced = U;
7460             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7461             DeducedDecl = D;
7462           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7463             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7464                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7465               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7466               << U << D->getDeclName()
7467               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7468               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7469             D->setInvalidDecl();
7470             break;
7471           }
7472         }
7473       }
7474     }
7475   }
7476 
7477   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7478 
7479   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7480 }
7481 
7482 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7483   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7484 }
7485 
7486 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7487   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7488   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7489    return;
7490 
7491   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7492                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7493         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7494     return;
7495 
7496   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7497     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7498     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7499     // additional declaration references:
7500     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7501     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7502     //   'struct S *pS;'
7503     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7504     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7505     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7506       Group++;
7507       NumDecls--;
7508     }
7509   }
7510 
7511   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7512   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7513   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7514       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7515     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7516     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7517     //
7518     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7519     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7520     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7521     // ahead through comments.
7522     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7523       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
7524   }
7525 }
7526 
7527 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7528 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7529 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7530   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7531 
7532   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7533   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7534   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7535   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7536   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7537     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7538     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7539   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7540              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7541     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7542     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7543   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7544     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7545          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7546     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7547   }
7548 
7549   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7550     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7551   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7552     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7553       << 0;
7554 
7555   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7556 
7557   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7558   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7559 
7560   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7561     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7562     // parameter.
7563     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7564 
7565     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7566     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7567       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7568         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7569       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7570     }
7571   }
7572 
7573   // Ensure we have a valid name
7574   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7575   if (D.hasName()) {
7576     II = D.getIdentifier();
7577     if (!II) {
7578       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7579         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7580       D.setInvalidType(true);
7581     }
7582   }
7583 
7584   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7585   if (II) {
7586     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7587                    ForRedeclaration);
7588     LookupName(R, S);
7589     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7590       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7591       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7592         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7593         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7594         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7595         PrevDecl = 0;
7596       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7597         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7598         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7599 
7600         // Recover by removing the name
7601         II = 0;
7602         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7603         D.setInvalidType(true);
7604       }
7605     }
7606   }
7607 
7608   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7609   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7610   // looking like class members in C++.
7611   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7612                                     D.getLocStart(),
7613                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7614                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7615                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7616 
7617   if (D.isInvalidType())
7618     New->setInvalidDecl();
7619 
7620   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7621   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7622   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7623                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7624 
7625   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7626   S->AddDecl(New);
7627   if (II)
7628     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7629 
7630   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7631 
7632   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7633     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7634       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7635       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7636       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7637 
7638   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7639     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7640   }
7641   return New;
7642 }
7643 
7644 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7645 /// typedef.
7646 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7647                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7648                                               QualType T) {
7649   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7650      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7651      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7652   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7653                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7654                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7655   Param->setImplicit();
7656   return Param;
7657 }
7658 
7659 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7660                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7661   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7662   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7663   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7664     return;
7665 
7666   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7667     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7668         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7669       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7670         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7671     }
7672   }
7673 }
7674 
7675 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7676                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7677                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7678                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7679   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7680     return;
7681 
7682   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7683   // threshold.
7684   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7685     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7686     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7687       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7688           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7689   }
7690 
7691   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7692   // threshold.
7693   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7694     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7695     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7696       continue;
7697     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7698     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7699       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7700           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7701   }
7702 }
7703 
7704 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7705                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7706                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7707                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7708                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7709   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7710   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7711       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7712       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7713 
7714     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7715 
7716     // Special cases for arrays:
7717     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7718     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7719     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7720       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7721         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7722             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7723             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7724       }
7725       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7726     } else {
7727       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7728     }
7729     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7730   }
7731 
7732   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7733                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7734                                          TSInfo,
7735                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7736                                          0);
7737 
7738   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7739   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7740   // the class has been completely parsed.
7741   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7742       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7743                              AbstractParamType))
7744     New->setInvalidDecl();
7745 
7746   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7747   // passed by reference.
7748   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7749     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7750     Diag(NameLoc,
7751          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7752       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7753     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7754     New->setType(T);
7755   }
7756 
7757   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7758   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7759   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7760   // an address space.
7761   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7762     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7763     New->setInvalidDecl();
7764   }
7765 
7766   return New;
7767 }
7768 
7769 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7770                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7771   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7772 
7773   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7774   // for a K&R function.
7775   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7776     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7777       --i;
7778       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7779         SmallString<256> Code;
7780         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7781                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7782                                         << ";\n";
7783         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7784           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7785           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7786 
7787         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7788         // type.
7789         AttributeFactory attrs;
7790         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7791         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7792         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7793         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7794                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7795         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
7796         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7797         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7798         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7799         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7800         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7801       }
7802     }
7803   }
7804 }
7805 
7806 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7807   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7808   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7809   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7810 
7811   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7812   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7813   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7814 }
7815 
7816 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
7817                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7818   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7819   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7820     return false;
7821 
7822   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7823   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7824     return false;
7825 
7826   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7827   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7828     return false;
7829 
7830   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7831   if (FD->isMain())
7832     return false;
7833 
7834   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7835   if (FD->isInlined())
7836     return false;
7837 
7838   // Don't warn about function templates.
7839   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7840     return false;
7841 
7842   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7843   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7844     return false;
7845 
7846   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7847   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7848     return false;
7849 
7850   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7851   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7852        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7853     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7854     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7855     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7856       continue;
7857 
7858     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7859     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
7860       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
7861     break;
7862   }
7863 
7864   return MissingPrototype;
7865 }
7866 
7867 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7868   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7869   // was an extern inline function.
7870   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7871   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7872       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7873     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7874         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7875       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7876         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7877     else
7878       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7879     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7880     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7881   }
7882 }
7883 
7884 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7885   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7886   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7887 
7888   if (!D)
7889     return D;
7890   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7891 
7892   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7893     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7894   else
7895     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7896 
7897   // Enter a new function scope
7898   PushFunctionScope();
7899 
7900   // See if this is a redefinition.
7901   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7902     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7903 
7904   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7905   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7906     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7907       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7908       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7909     }
7910   }
7911 
7912   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7913   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7914   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7915   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7916       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7917       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7918                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7919     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7920 
7921   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7922   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7923   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7924   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7925   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7926   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
7927   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
7928     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7929 
7930     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7931       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
7932       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
7933       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
7934       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
7935       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL))
7936         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
7937              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
7938           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
7939           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void");
7940     }
7941   }
7942 
7943   if (FnBodyScope)
7944     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7945 
7946   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7947   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7948                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7949 
7950   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7951   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7952     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7953     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7954 
7955     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7956     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7957       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7958 
7959       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7960     }
7961   }
7962 
7963   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7964   // introduce them into the function scope.
7965   if (FnBodyScope) {
7966     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7967            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7968       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7969 
7970       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7971       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7972       // and reattach to the current context.
7973       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7974         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7975         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7976                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7977           if (*DI == D) {
7978             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7979             break;
7980           }
7981         }
7982         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7983         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7984       }
7985 
7986       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7987       if (!D->getName().empty())
7988         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7989 
7990       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7991       // accessible in this scope.
7992       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7993         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7994                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7995           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7996       }
7997     }
7998   }
7999 
8000   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
8001   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
8002     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
8003 
8004   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8005   // dllimport attribute.
8006   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8007   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8008     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8009     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8010     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8011         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8012       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8013            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8014         << "dllimport";
8015       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8016       return D;
8017     }
8018 
8019     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8020     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8021     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8022       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8023       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8024       // emitted.
8025       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8026            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8027         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8028     }
8029   }
8030   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8031   // a function template).
8032   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8033   return D;
8034 }
8035 
8036 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8037 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8038 /// optimization.
8039 ///
8040 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8041 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8042 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8043 /// use the named return value optimization.
8044 ///
8045 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8046 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8047 /// the NRVO variable.
8048 ///
8049 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8050 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8051 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8052 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8053   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8054 
8055   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8056   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8057     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8058       return;
8059 
8060     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8061       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8062     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8063       return;
8064   }
8065 
8066   if (NRVOCandidate)
8067     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8068 }
8069 
8070 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8071   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8072     return false;
8073 
8074   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8075     return true;
8076 
8077   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8078   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8079     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8080   else
8081     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8082 
8083   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8084   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8085   // rest of the file.
8086   return !FD->isConstexpr();
8087 }
8088 
8089 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8090   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8091     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8092   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8093     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8094   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8095 }
8096 
8097 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8098   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8099 }
8100 
8101 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8102                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8103   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8104   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8105   if (FunTmpl)
8106     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8107   else
8108     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8109 
8110   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8111   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8112 
8113   if (FD) {
8114     FD->setBody(Body);
8115 
8116     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8117     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8118     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8119       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8120 
8121     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8122     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8123     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8124       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8125 
8126     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8127       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8128       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8129                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8130 
8131       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8132       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8133         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8134 
8135       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8136       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8137       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8138       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8139           !FD->isDependentContext())
8140         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8141     }
8142 
8143     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8144            "Function parsing confused");
8145   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8146     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8147     MD->setBody(Body);
8148     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8149       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8150       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8151                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8152 
8153       if (Body)
8154         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8155     }
8156     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8157       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8158         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8159       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8160     }
8161   } else {
8162     return 0;
8163   }
8164 
8165   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
8166          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
8167          "handled in the block above.");
8168 
8169   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
8170   if (Body) {
8171     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
8172     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
8173     // Verify this.
8174     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
8175       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
8176 
8177     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
8178     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8179         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
8180         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
8181         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
8182       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
8183 
8184     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
8185       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
8186         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
8187 
8188       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
8189                                              Destructor->getParent());
8190     }
8191 
8192     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8193     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8194     // deletion in some later function.
8195     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
8196         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
8197       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8198     }
8199     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
8200         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
8201       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
8202       // enabled.
8203       ActivePolicy = &WP;
8204     }
8205 
8206     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8207         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
8208          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
8209       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8210 
8211     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
8212     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
8213     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
8214            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
8215   }
8216 
8217   if (!IsInstantiation)
8218     PopDeclContext();
8219 
8220   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
8221 
8222   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8223   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8224   // deletion in some later function.
8225   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
8226     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8227   }
8228 
8229   return dcl;
8230 }
8231 
8232 
8233 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
8234 /// relevant Decl.
8235 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
8236                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
8237   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
8238   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
8239     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
8240   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
8241 
8242   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
8243     if (Method->isStatic())
8244       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
8245 }
8246 
8247 
8248 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
8249 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
8250 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
8251                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
8252   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
8253   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
8254   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
8255   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
8256   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
8257     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
8258   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
8259     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
8260     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8261     return Pos->second;
8262   }
8263 
8264   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
8265   unsigned diag_id;
8266   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8267     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
8268   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
8269     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
8270   else
8271     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
8272   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
8273 
8274   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
8275   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
8276   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
8277     TypoCorrection Corrected;
8278     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
8279     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
8280                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
8281       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
8282       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
8283       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
8284 
8285       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
8286           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
8287 
8288       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
8289           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8290         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
8291             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
8292     }
8293   }
8294 
8295   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
8296   const char *Dummy;
8297   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
8298   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
8299   unsigned DiagID;
8300   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
8301   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
8302   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
8303   SourceLocation NoLoc;
8304   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
8305   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
8306                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
8307                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8308                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
8309                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
8310                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
8311                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8312                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
8313                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
8314                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8315                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8316                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8317                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
8318                                              EST_None,
8319                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
8320                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
8321                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
8322                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
8323                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
8324                                              Loc, Loc, D),
8325                 DS.getAttributes(),
8326                 SourceLocation());
8327   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
8328 
8329   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
8330 
8331   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8332   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8333 
8334   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8335   FD->setImplicit();
8336 
8337   CurContext = PrevDC;
8338 
8339   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8340 
8341   return FD;
8342 }
8343 
8344 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8345 /// the declaration of this function.
8346 ///
8347 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8348 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8349 /// like NSLog or printf.
8350 ///
8351 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8352 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8353 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8354   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8355     return;
8356 
8357   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8358   // actual attributes.
8359   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8360     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8361     unsigned FormatIdx;
8362     bool HasVAListArg;
8363     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8364       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8365         const char *fmt = "printf";
8366         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8367         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8368             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8369           fmt = "NSString";
8370         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8371                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8372                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8373       }
8374     }
8375     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8376                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8377      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8378        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8379                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8380                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8381     }
8382 
8383     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8384     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8385     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8386     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8387         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8388       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8389         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8390     }
8391 
8392     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8393         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8394       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8395     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8396       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8397     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8398       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8399   }
8400 
8401   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8402   if (!Name)
8403     return;
8404   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8405        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8406       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8407        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8408        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8409     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8410     // about.
8411   } else
8412     return;
8413 
8414   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8415     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8416     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8417     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8418       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8419                                              "printf", 2,
8420                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8421   }
8422 
8423   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8424     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8425     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8426     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8427       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8428   }
8429 }
8430 
8431 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8432                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8433   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8434   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8435 
8436   if (!TInfo) {
8437     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8438     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8439   }
8440 
8441   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8442   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8443                                            D.getLocStart(),
8444                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8445                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8446                                            TInfo);
8447 
8448   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8449   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8450     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8451     return NewTD;
8452   }
8453 
8454   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8455     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8456       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8457         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8458         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8459         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8460     else
8461       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8462   }
8463 
8464   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8465   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8466   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8467   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8468   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8469   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8470   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8471   case TST_enum:
8472   case TST_struct:
8473   case TST_interface:
8474   case TST_union:
8475   case TST_class: {
8476     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8477 
8478     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8479     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8480     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8481     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8482 
8483     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8484     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8485 
8486     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8487     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8488       break;
8489 
8490     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8491     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8492     break;
8493   }
8494 
8495   default:
8496     break;
8497   }
8498 
8499   return NewTD;
8500 }
8501 
8502 
8503 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8504 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8505   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8506   QualType T = TI->getType();
8507 
8508   if (T->isDependentType())
8509     return false;
8510 
8511   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
8512     if (BT->isInteger())
8513       return false;
8514 
8515   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8516   return true;
8517 }
8518 
8519 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8520 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8521 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8522                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8523                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8524   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8525 
8526   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8527     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8528       << Prev->isScoped();
8529     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8530     return true;
8531   }
8532 
8533   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8534     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8535         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8536         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8537                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8538       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8539         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8540       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8541       return true;
8542     }
8543   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8544     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8545       << Prev->isFixed();
8546     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8547     return true;
8548   }
8549 
8550   return false;
8551 }
8552 
8553 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8554 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8555 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8556 ///
8557 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8558 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8559   switch (Tag) {
8560   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8561   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8562   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8563   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8564   }
8565 }
8566 
8567 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8568 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8569 ///
8570 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8571 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8572 {
8573   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8574 }
8575 
8576 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8577 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8578 ///
8579 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8580 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8581                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8582                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8583                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8584   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8585   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8586   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8587   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8588   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8589   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8590   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8591   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8592   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8593   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8594   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8595   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8596   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8597   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8598   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8599     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8600       return true;
8601 
8602   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8603     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8604     bool isTemplate = false;
8605     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8606       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8607 
8608     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8609       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8610       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8611       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8612         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8613         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8614       return true;
8615     }
8616 
8617     if (isDefinition) {
8618       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8619       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8620       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8621         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8622         return true;
8623       }
8624 
8625       bool previousMismatch = false;
8626       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8627            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8628         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8629           if (!previousMismatch) {
8630             previousMismatch = true;
8631             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8632               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8633               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8634           }
8635           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8636             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8637             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8638                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8639         }
8640       }
8641       return true;
8642     }
8643 
8644     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8645     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8646     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8647     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8648                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8649     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8650       return true;
8651     }
8652 
8653     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8654       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8655       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8656     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8657 
8658     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8659     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8660         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8661           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8662           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8663                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8664     }
8665 
8666     return true;
8667   }
8668   return false;
8669 }
8670 
8671 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8672 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8673 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8674 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8675 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8676                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8677                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8678                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8679                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8680                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8681                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8682                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8683                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8684                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8685   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8686   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8687   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8688          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8689   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8690 
8691   OwnedDecl = false;
8692   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8693   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8694 
8695   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8696   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8697   bool Invalid = false;
8698 
8699   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8700   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8701   // for non-C++ cases.
8702   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8703       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8704     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8705           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8706                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8707                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8708                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8709                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8710                                                     Invalid)) {
8711       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8712         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8713         // be a member of another template).
8714 
8715         if (Invalid)
8716           return 0;
8717 
8718         OwnedDecl = false;
8719         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8720                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8721                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8722                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8723                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8724                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8725         return Result.get();
8726       } else {
8727         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8728         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8729           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8730         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8731       }
8732     }
8733   }
8734 
8735   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8736   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8737   // redeclaration.
8738   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8739 
8740   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8741     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8742       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8743       // type, default to int.
8744       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8745     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8746       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8747       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8748       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8749       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8750       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8751 
8752       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8753         // Recover by falling back to int.
8754         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8755 
8756       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8757                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8758         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8759 
8760     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8761       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8762       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8763   }
8764 
8765   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8766   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8767   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8768 
8769   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8770   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8771     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8772 
8773   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8774 
8775   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8776     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8777 
8778     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8779     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8780       Name = 0;
8781       goto CreateNewDecl;
8782     }
8783 
8784     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8785     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8786     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8787       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8788       if (!DC) {
8789         IsDependent = true;
8790         return 0;
8791       }
8792     } else {
8793       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8794       if (!DC) {
8795         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8796           << SS.getRange();
8797         return 0;
8798       }
8799     }
8800 
8801     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8802       return 0;
8803 
8804     SearchDC = DC;
8805     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8806     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8807 
8808     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8809       return 0;
8810 
8811     if (Previous.empty()) {
8812       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8813       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8814       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8815       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8816       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8817       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8818       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8819           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8820         IsDependent = true;
8821         return 0;
8822       }
8823 
8824       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8825       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8826         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8827       Name = 0;
8828       Invalid = true;
8829       goto CreateNewDecl;
8830     }
8831   } else if (Name) {
8832     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8833     // declaration or definition.
8834     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8835     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8836     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8837     LookupName(Previous, S);
8838 
8839     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8840         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8841       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8842       while (F.hasNext()) {
8843         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8844         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8845           F.erase();
8846       }
8847       F.done();
8848     }
8849 
8850     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8851     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8852       return 0;
8853 
8854     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8855       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8856       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8857       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8858       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8859       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8860         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8861     }
8862   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8863     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8864     // initial context to the translation unit.
8865     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8866     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8867   }
8868 
8869   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8870       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8871     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8872     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8873     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8874     Previous.clear();
8875   }
8876 
8877   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8878       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8879     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8880     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8881 
8882     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8883       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8884       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8885       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8886       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8887     }
8888   }
8889 
8890   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8891   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8892   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8893   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8894   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8895       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8896     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8897     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8898 
8899     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8900       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8901       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8902       //
8903       //          class-key identifier
8904       //
8905       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8906       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8907       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8908       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8909       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8910       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8911       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8912       //      declaration.
8913       //
8914       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8915       // C structs and unions.
8916       //
8917       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8918       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8919       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8920       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8921       //
8922       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8923       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8924       //
8925       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8926       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8927       // lexical context,
8928       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8929         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8930 
8931       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8932       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8933              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8934               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8935              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8936              (S->getEntity() &&
8937               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8938         S = S->getParent();
8939     } else {
8940       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8941       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8942       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8943       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8944       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8945       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8946     }
8947 
8948     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8949     // diagnose some problems.
8950     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8951       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8952       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8953     }
8954   }
8955 
8956   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8957     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8958 
8959     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8960     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8961     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8962     // in C++.
8963     //
8964     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8965     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8966     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8967     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8968     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8969       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8970         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8971           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8972           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8973               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8974                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8975             PrevDecl = Tag;
8976             Previous.clear();
8977             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8978             Previous.resolveKind();
8979           }
8980         }
8981       }
8982     }
8983 
8984     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8985       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8986       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8987       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8988       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8989           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8990         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8991         // struct or something similar.
8992         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8993                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8994                                           *Name)) {
8995           bool SafeToContinue
8996             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8997                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8998           if (SafeToContinue)
8999             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
9000               << Name
9001               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
9002                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
9003           else
9004             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9005           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9006 
9007           if (SafeToContinue)
9008             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9009           else {
9010             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9011             Name = 0;
9012             Previous.clear();
9013             Invalid = true;
9014           }
9015         }
9016 
9017         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9018           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9019 
9020           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9021           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9022           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9023             if (ScopedEnum)
9024               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9025                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9026                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9027             return PrevTagDecl;
9028           }
9029 
9030           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9031           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9032             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9033           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9034             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9035 
9036           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9037           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9038           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9039           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9040                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9041             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9042         }
9043 
9044         if (!Invalid) {
9045           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9046 
9047           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9048           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9049           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9050           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9051           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9052                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9053             return PrevTagDecl;
9054 
9055           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9056           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9057             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9058               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9059               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9060               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9061               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9062               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9063                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9064                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9065                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9066                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9067                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9068                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9069                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9070                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9071               }
9072 
9073               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9074                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9075                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9076                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9077                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9078                 else
9079                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9080                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9081                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9082                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9083                 // references get the previous definition.
9084                 Name = 0;
9085                 Previous.clear();
9086                 Invalid = true;
9087               }
9088             } else {
9089               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9090               // about a nested redefinition.
9091               const TagType *Tag
9092                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9093               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9094                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9095                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9096                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9097                 Name = 0;
9098                 Previous.clear();
9099                 Invalid = true;
9100               }
9101             }
9102 
9103             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9104             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9105           }
9106         }
9107         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9108         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9109 
9110       } else {
9111         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9112         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9113         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9114         // have distinct types.
9115         Previous.clear();
9116       }
9117       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9118       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9119       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9120 
9121 
9122     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9123     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9124     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9125     } else {
9126       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
9127       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
9128       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
9129       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
9130           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
9131         unsigned Kind = 0;
9132         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9133         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9134         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9135         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
9136         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
9137         Invalid = true;
9138 
9139       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
9140       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
9141                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9142         // do nothing
9143 
9144       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
9145       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9146         unsigned Kind = 0;
9147         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9148         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9149         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9150         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
9151         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9152         Invalid = true;
9153 
9154       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
9155       // case here.
9156       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9157         unsigned Kind = 0;
9158         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9159         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
9160           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
9161         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9162         Invalid = true;
9163 
9164       // Otherwise, diagnose.
9165       } else {
9166         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
9167         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
9168         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
9169         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9170         Name = 0;
9171         Invalid = true;
9172       }
9173 
9174       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
9175       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
9176       Previous.clear();
9177     }
9178   }
9179 
9180 CreateNewDecl:
9181 
9182   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9183   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
9184     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
9185 
9186   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
9187   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
9188   // keyword.
9189   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
9190 
9191   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
9192   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
9193   // PrevDecl.
9194   TagDecl *New;
9195 
9196   bool IsForwardReference = false;
9197   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9198     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9199     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
9200     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9201                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
9202                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
9203     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
9204     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
9205       TagDecl *Def;
9206       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
9207         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
9208         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
9209       }
9210       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
9211         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
9212           << New;
9213         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9214       } else {
9215         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
9216         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9217           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
9218         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9219           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
9220         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
9221 
9222         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
9223         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
9224         // the declaration context.
9225         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
9226           IsForwardReference = true;
9227       }
9228     }
9229 
9230     if (EnumUnderlying) {
9231       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
9232       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9233         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
9234       else
9235         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
9236       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
9237     }
9238 
9239   } else {
9240     // struct/union/class
9241 
9242     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9243     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
9244     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9245       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
9246       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9247                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9248 
9249       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
9250         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
9251     } else
9252       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9253                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9254   }
9255 
9256   // Maybe add qualifier info.
9257   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9258     if (SS.isSet()) {
9259       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
9260       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
9261       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
9262       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
9263       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
9264       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
9265           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
9266           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
9267         Invalid = true;
9268 
9269       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
9270       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
9271         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9272                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9273                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
9274       }
9275     }
9276     else
9277       Invalid = true;
9278   }
9279 
9280   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
9281     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
9282     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
9283     //
9284     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
9285     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
9286     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
9287     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
9288     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
9289     // parsing of the struct).
9290     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9291       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
9292       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
9293     }
9294   }
9295 
9296   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
9297     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
9298       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9299         << 2
9300         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9301     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
9302     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
9303     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
9304     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9305       New->setModulePrivate();
9306   }
9307 
9308   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
9309   // check the specialization.
9310   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
9311     Invalid = true;
9312 
9313   if (Invalid)
9314     New->setInvalidDecl();
9315 
9316   if (Attr)
9317     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9318 
9319   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
9320   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
9321   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9322     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
9323 
9324   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
9325   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
9326   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9327 
9328   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
9329   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
9330   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
9331   // the tag name visible.
9332   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
9333     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
9334                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9335 
9336   // Set the access specifier.
9337   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9338     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9339 
9340   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9341     New->startDefinition();
9342 
9343   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9344   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9345     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9346     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9347     if (PrevDecl)
9348       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9349 
9350     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9351     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9352     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9353       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9354         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9355   } else if (Name) {
9356     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9357     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9358     if (IsForwardReference)
9359       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9360 
9361   } else {
9362     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9363   }
9364 
9365   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9366   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9367     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9368         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9369         II->isStr("FILE"))
9370       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9371 
9372   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9373   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9374   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9375       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9376     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9377 
9378   if (PrevDecl)
9379     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9380 
9381   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9382   // record.
9383   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9384 
9385   OwnedDecl = true;
9386   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
9387   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
9388   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
9389 }
9390 
9391 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9392   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9393   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9394 
9395   // Enter the tag context.
9396   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9397 
9398   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9399 
9400   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9401   // record.
9402   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9403 }
9404 
9405 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9406   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9407          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9408   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9409   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9410       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9411   CurContext = OCD;
9412   return IDecl;
9413 }
9414 
9415 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9416                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9417                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9418   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9419   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9420 
9421   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9422 
9423   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9424     return;
9425 
9426   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9427     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9428 
9429   // C++ [class]p2:
9430   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9431   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9432   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9433   //   as if it were a public member name.
9434   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9435     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9436                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9437                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9438                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9439                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9440   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9441   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9442   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9443   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9444       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9445   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9446   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9447          "Broken injected-class-name");
9448 }
9449 
9450 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9451                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9452   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9453   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9454   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9455 
9456   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9457   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9458     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9459     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9460       RD->completeDefinition();
9461   }
9462 
9463   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9464     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9465 
9466   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9467   PopDeclContext();
9468 
9469   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9470   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9471 }
9472 
9473 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9474   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9475   PopDeclContext();
9476 }
9477 
9478 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9479   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9480   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9481   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9482 }
9483 
9484 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9485   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9486   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9487 }
9488 
9489 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9490   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9491   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9492   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9493 
9494   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9495   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9496     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9497       RD->completeDefinition();
9498   }
9499 
9500   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9501   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9502   // the FieldCollector.
9503 
9504   PopDeclContext();
9505 }
9506 
9507 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9508 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9509                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9510                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9511                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9512   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9513   if (ZeroWidth)
9514     *ZeroWidth = true;
9515 
9516   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9517   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9518   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9519     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9520     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9521       return ExprError();
9522     if (FieldName)
9523       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9524         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9525     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9526       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9527   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9528                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9529     return ExprError();
9530 
9531   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9532   // it now.
9533   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9534     return Owned(BitWidth);
9535 
9536   llvm::APSInt Value;
9537   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9538   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9539     return ICE;
9540   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9541 
9542   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9543     *ZeroWidth = false;
9544 
9545   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9546   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9547     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9548 
9549   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9550     if (FieldName)
9551       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9552                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9553     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9554       << Value.toString(10);
9555   }
9556 
9557   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9558     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9559     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9560       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9561         if (FieldName)
9562           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9563             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9564             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9565 
9566         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9567           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9568       }
9569 
9570       if (FieldName)
9571         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9572           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9573           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9574       else
9575         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9576           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9577     }
9578   }
9579 
9580   return Owned(BitWidth);
9581 }
9582 
9583 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9584 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9585 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9586                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9587   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9588                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9589                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9590   return Res;
9591 }
9592 
9593 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9594 ///
9595 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9596                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9597                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9598                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9599                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9600   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9601   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9602   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9603 
9604   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9605   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9606   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9607     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9608 
9609     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9610                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9611       D.setInvalidType();
9612       T = Context.IntTy;
9613       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9614     }
9615   }
9616 
9617   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9618 
9619   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9620     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9621   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9622     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9623       << 2;
9624 
9625   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9626   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9627   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9628   LookupName(Previous, S);
9629   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9630     case LookupResult::Found:
9631     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9632       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9633       break;
9634 
9635     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9636       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9637       break;
9638 
9639     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9640     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9641     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9642       break;
9643   }
9644   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9645 
9646   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9647     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9648     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9649     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9650     PrevDecl = 0;
9651   }
9652 
9653   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9654     PrevDecl = 0;
9655 
9656   bool Mutable
9657     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9658   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9659   FieldDecl *NewFD
9660     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9661                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9662 
9663   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9664     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9665 
9666   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9667     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9668 
9669   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9670     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9671     // with the same name in the same scope.
9672   } else if (II) {
9673     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9674   } else
9675     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9676 
9677   return NewFD;
9678 }
9679 
9680 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9681 ///
9682 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9683 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9684 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9685 /// created.
9686 ///
9687 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9688 ///
9689 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9690 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9691                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9692                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9693                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9694                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9695                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9696                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9697                                 Declarator *D) {
9698   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9699   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9700   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9701 
9702   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9703   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9704   if (T.isNull()) {
9705     InvalidDecl = true;
9706     T = Context.IntTy;
9707   }
9708 
9709   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9710   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9711     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9712       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9713       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9714       InvalidDecl = true;
9715     } else {
9716       NamedDecl *Def;
9717       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9718       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9719         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9720         InvalidDecl = true;
9721       }
9722     }
9723   }
9724 
9725   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9726   // than a variably modified type.
9727   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9728     bool SizeIsNegative;
9729     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9730 
9731     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
9732       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
9733                                                     SizeIsNegative,
9734                                                     Oversized);
9735     if (FixedTInfo) {
9736       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9737       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
9738       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
9739     } else {
9740       if (SizeIsNegative)
9741         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9742       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9743         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9744           << Oversized.toString(10);
9745       else
9746         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9747       InvalidDecl = true;
9748     }
9749   }
9750 
9751   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9752   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9753                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9754                                              AbstractFieldType))
9755     InvalidDecl = true;
9756 
9757   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9758   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9759   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9760     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9761     if (!BitWidth) {
9762       InvalidDecl = true;
9763       BitWidth = 0;
9764       ZeroWidth = false;
9765     }
9766   }
9767 
9768   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9769   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9770     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9771     if (T->isReferenceType())
9772       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9773     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9774       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9775 
9776     if (DiagID) {
9777       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9778       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9779         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9780       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9781       Mutable = false;
9782       InvalidDecl = true;
9783     }
9784   }
9785 
9786   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9787                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9788   if (InvalidDecl)
9789     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9790 
9791   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9792     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9793     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9794     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9795   }
9796 
9797   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9798     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9799       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9800         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9801         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9802           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9803           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9804           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9805           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9806           // objects.
9807           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9808             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9809         }
9810       }
9811 
9812       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9813       // the program is ill-formed.
9814       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9815         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9816           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9817         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9818       }
9819     }
9820   }
9821 
9822   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9823   // representation, not a parser representation.
9824   if (D)
9825     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9826     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9827 
9828   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9829   // retainable type.
9830   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9831     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9832 
9833   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9834     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9835 
9836   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9837   return NewFD;
9838 }
9839 
9840 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9841   assert(FD);
9842   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9843 
9844   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9845     return true;
9846 
9847   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9848   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9849     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9850     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9851       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9852       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9853       // copy constructors.
9854 
9855       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9856       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
9857       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
9858       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
9859       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
9860       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
9861       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
9862         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9863       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9864         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9865       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
9866         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9867       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
9868         member = CXXDestructor;
9869 
9870       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9871         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
9872             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9873           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9874           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9875           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9876           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9877           // members unavailable.
9878           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9879           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9880             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9881               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9882                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9883             return false;
9884           }
9885         }
9886 
9887         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
9888                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9889                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9890           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9891         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
9892         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
9893       }
9894     }
9895   }
9896 
9897   return false;
9898 }
9899 
9900 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9901 ///  AST enum value.
9902 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9903 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9904   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9905   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9906   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9907   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9908   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9909   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9910   }
9911 }
9912 
9913 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9914 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9915 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9916                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9917                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9918                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9919 
9920   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9921   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9922   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9923   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9924 
9925   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9926   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9927 
9928   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9929   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9930 
9931   if (BitWidth) {
9932     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9933     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9934     if (!BitWidth)
9935       D.setInvalidType();
9936   } else {
9937     // Not a bitfield.
9938 
9939     // validate II.
9940 
9941   }
9942   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9943     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9944     D.setInvalidType();
9945   }
9946   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9947   // than a variably modified type.
9948   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9949     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9950     D.setInvalidType();
9951   }
9952 
9953   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9954   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9955     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9956                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9957   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9958   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9959   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9960     return 0;
9961   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9962   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9963       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9964     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9965     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9966       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9967       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9968     }
9969     else
9970       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9971   } else {
9972     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9973         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9974       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9975         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9976         return 0;
9977       }
9978     }
9979     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9980   }
9981 
9982   // Construct the decl.
9983   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9984                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9985                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9986 
9987   if (II) {
9988     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9989                                            ForRedeclaration);
9990     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9991         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9992       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9993       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9994       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9995     }
9996   }
9997 
9998   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9999   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
10000 
10001   if (D.isInvalidType())
10002     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10003 
10004   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10005   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10006     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10007 
10008   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10009     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10010 
10011   if (II) {
10012     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10013     // these to the interface.
10014     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10015     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10016   }
10017 
10018   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10019       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10020     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10021 
10022   return NewID;
10023 }
10024 
10025 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10026 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
10027 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10028 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10029 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10030                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10031   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10032     return;
10033 
10034   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10035   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10036 
10037   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10038     return;
10039   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10040   if (!ID) {
10041     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10042       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10043         return;
10044     }
10045     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10046     else
10047       return;
10048   }
10049   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10050   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10051   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10052 
10053   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10054                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10055                               Context.CharTy,
10056                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10057                                                                DeclLoc),
10058                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10059                               true);
10060   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10061 }
10062 
10063 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10064                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10065                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10066                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10067                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10068   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10069 
10070   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10071   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10072   // it will now change.
10073   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10074     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10075     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10076     default: break;
10077     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10078       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10079       break;
10080     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10081       Context.
10082         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10083       break;
10084     }
10085   }
10086 
10087   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10088 
10089   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10090   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10091   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10092   if (Record) {
10093     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10094                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10095       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10096         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10097           ++NumNamedMembers;
10098     }
10099   }
10100 
10101   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10102   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10103 
10104   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10105   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10106        i != end; ++i) {
10107     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10108 
10109     // Get the type for the field.
10110     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10111 
10112     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10113       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10114       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10115     }
10116 
10117     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10118     // diagnostics about it.
10119     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10120       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10121       continue;
10122     }
10123 
10124     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10125     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10126     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10127     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10128     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10129     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10130     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
10131     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
10132     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
10133     //   array.
10134     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
10135       // Field declared as a function.
10136       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
10137         << FD->getDeclName();
10138       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10139       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10140       continue;
10141     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
10142                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
10143                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
10144                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
10145                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
10146       // Flexible array member.
10147       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
10148       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
10149       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
10150       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
10151         if (Record->isUnion())
10152           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
10153             << FD->getDeclName();
10154         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10155           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
10156             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10157       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10158         if (Record->isUnion())
10159           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10160             << FD->getDeclName();
10161         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10162           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
10163             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10164       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
10165       if (Record->isUnion())
10166         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10167           << FD->getDeclName();
10168       else
10169         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10170           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10171       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10172         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10173           << FD->getDeclName();
10174         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10175         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10176         continue;
10177       }
10178       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10179           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10180         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10181           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10182         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10183         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10184         continue;
10185       }
10186       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10187       if (Record)
10188         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10189     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10190                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10191                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10192       // Incomplete type
10193       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10194       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10195       continue;
10196     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10197       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10198         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10199         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10200           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10201         } else {
10202           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10203           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10204           // structures.
10205           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10206             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10207               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10208           else {
10209             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10210             // other structs as an extension.
10211             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10212               << FD->getDeclName();
10213             if (Record)
10214               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10215           }
10216         }
10217       }
10218       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10219           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10220                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10221                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10222         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10223         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10224       }
10225       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10226         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10227     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10228       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10229       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10230         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10231       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10232       FD->setType(T);
10233     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10234       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10235         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10236         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10237         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10238         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10239         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10240         QualType T = FD->getType();
10241         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10242         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10243           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10244           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10245             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10246               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10247                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10248             }
10249           } else {
10250             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10251               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10252           }
10253           ARCErrReported = true;
10254         }
10255       }
10256       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10257                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10258                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10259         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10260             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10261           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10262         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10263           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10264           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10265               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10266             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10267           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10268                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10269                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10270         }
10271       }
10272     }
10273     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10274     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10275       ++NumNamedMembers;
10276   }
10277 
10278   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10279   if (Record) {
10280     bool Completed = false;
10281     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10282       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10283         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10284         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
10285                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
10286                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
10287           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
10288 
10289         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10290           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10291           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10292               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10293             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10294 
10295           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10296           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10297 
10298           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10299           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10300           // problem now.
10301           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10302             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10303             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10304 
10305             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10306                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10307                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10308               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10309                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10310                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10311                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10312                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10313                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10314                   continue;
10315 
10316                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10317                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10318                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10319                 //   program is ill-formed.
10320                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10321                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10322                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10323                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10324                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10325                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10326                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10327                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10328                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10329                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10330 
10331                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10332               }
10333             }
10334             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10335             Completed = true;
10336           }
10337         }
10338       }
10339     }
10340 
10341     if (!Completed)
10342       Record->completeDefinition();
10343 
10344   } else {
10345     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10346       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10347     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10348       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10349       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10350       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10351         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10352         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10353       }
10354       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10355       // duplicates.
10356       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10357         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10358     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10359                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10360       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10361       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10362         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10363         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10364         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10365       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10366       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10367       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10368     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10369                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10370       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10371       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10372       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10373       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10374       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10375       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10376       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10377       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10378         if (IDecl) {
10379           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10380               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10381             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10382                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10383             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10384             continue;
10385           }
10386           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10387                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10388                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10389             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10390                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10391               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10392                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10393               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10394               continue;
10395             }
10396           }
10397         }
10398         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10399         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10400       }
10401       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10402       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10403     }
10404   }
10405 
10406   if (Attr)
10407     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10408 }
10409 
10410 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10411 /// the given type T.
10412 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10413                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10414                                         QualType T) {
10415   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10416   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10417 
10418   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10419     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10420       --BitWidth;
10421     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10422   }
10423   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10424 }
10425 
10426 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10427 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10428 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10429   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10430   // enum checking below.
10431   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10432   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10433   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10434     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10435   };
10436   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10437     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10438     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10439   };
10440 
10441   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10442   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10443                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10444   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10445     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10446       return Types[I];
10447 
10448   return QualType();
10449 }
10450 
10451 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10452                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10453                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10454                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10455                                           Expr *Val) {
10456   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10457   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10458   QualType EltTy;
10459 
10460   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10461     Val = 0;
10462 
10463   if (Val)
10464     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10465 
10466   if (Val) {
10467     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10468       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10469     else {
10470       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10471       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
10472           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10473         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10474         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10475         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10476         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10477         ExprResult Converted =
10478           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10479                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10480         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10481           Val = 0;
10482         else
10483           Val = Converted.take();
10484       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10485                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10486                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10487         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10488       } else {
10489         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10490           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10491 
10492           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10493           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10494           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10495           // expression checking.
10496           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10497             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10498               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10499               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10500             } else
10501               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10502           } else
10503             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10504         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10505           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10506           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10507           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10508           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10509           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10510           EltTy = Val->getType();
10511         } else {
10512           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10513           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10514           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10515           //   representable as an int.
10516 
10517           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10518           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10519             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10520               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10521               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10522           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10523             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10524             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10525           }
10526           EltTy = Val->getType();
10527         }
10528       }
10529     }
10530   }
10531 
10532   if (!Val) {
10533     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10534       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10535     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10536       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10537       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10538       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10539       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10540       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10541       //
10542       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10543       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10544       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10545         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10546       }
10547       else {
10548         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10549       }
10550     } else {
10551       // Assign the last value + 1.
10552       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10553       ++EnumVal;
10554       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10555 
10556       // Check for overflow on increment.
10557       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10558         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10559         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10560         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10561         //
10562         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10563         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10564         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10565         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10566         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10567         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10568         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10569         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10570           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10571           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10572           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10573           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10574           ++EnumVal;
10575           if (Enum->isFixed())
10576             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10577             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10578               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10579               << EltTy;
10580           else
10581             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10582               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10583         } else {
10584           EltTy = T;
10585         }
10586 
10587         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10588         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10589         // value, then increment.
10590         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10591         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10592         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10593         ++EnumVal;
10594 
10595         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10596         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10597         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10598         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10599         // integral type.
10600         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10601           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10602       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10603                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10604         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10605         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10606           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10607       }
10608     }
10609   }
10610 
10611   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10612     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10613     // enumerator's type.
10614     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10615     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10616   }
10617 
10618   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10619                                   Val, EnumVal);
10620 }
10621 
10622 
10623 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10624                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10625                               AttributeList *Attr,
10626                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10627   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10628   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10629     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10630 
10631   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10632   // we find one that is.
10633   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10634 
10635   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10636   // scope.
10637   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10638                                          ForRedeclaration);
10639   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10640     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10641     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10642     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10643     PrevDecl = 0;
10644   }
10645 
10646   if (PrevDecl) {
10647     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10648     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10649     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10650            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10651     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10652       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10653         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10654       else
10655         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10656       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10657       return 0;
10658     }
10659   }
10660 
10661   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10662   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10663   // different from T:
10664   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10665   // enumerated type
10666   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10667                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10668                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10669     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10670         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10671       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10672 
10673   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10674     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10675 
10676   if (New) {
10677     // Process attributes.
10678     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10679 
10680     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10681     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10682     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10683   }
10684 
10685   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10686 
10687   return New;
10688 }
10689 
10690 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
10691 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
10692 // Element2 = Element1
10693 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
10694 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
10695 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
10696 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
10697   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10698   if (!InitExpr)
10699     return true;
10700   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10701 
10702   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
10703     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
10704       return true;
10705     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
10706     if (!IL)
10707       return true;
10708     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
10709       return true;
10710 
10711     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
10712   }
10713 
10714   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
10715   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
10716   if (!DRE)
10717     return true;
10718 
10719   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10720   if (!EnumConstant)
10721     return true;
10722 
10723   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
10724       Enum)
10725     return true;
10726 
10727   return false;
10728 }
10729 
10730 struct DupKey {
10731   int64_t val;
10732   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
10733   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
10734     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
10735 };
10736 
10737 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
10738   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
10739                 false);
10740 }
10741 
10742 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
10743   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
10744   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
10745   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
10746     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
10747   }
10748   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
10749     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
10750            LHS.val == RHS.val;
10751   }
10752 };
10753 
10754 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
10755 // a previous element has already been set to.
10756 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10757                                         unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10758                                         QualType EnumType) {
10759   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
10760                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10761       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10762     return;
10763   // Avoid anonymous enums
10764   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10765     return;
10766 
10767   // Only check for small enums.
10768   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
10769     return;
10770 
10771   typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector;
10772   typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector;
10773 
10774   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
10775   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
10776           ValueToVectorMap;
10777 
10778   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
10779   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
10780 
10781   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
10782   // an initialier.
10783   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10784     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10785 
10786     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
10787     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
10788     if (!ECD) {
10789       return;
10790     }
10791 
10792     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
10793       continue;
10794 
10795     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10796     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10797 
10798     // First time encountering this value.
10799     if (Entry.isNull())
10800       Entry = ECD;
10801   }
10802 
10803   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
10804   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10805     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10806     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
10807       continue;
10808 
10809     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10810 
10811     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10812     if (Entry.isNull())
10813       continue;
10814 
10815     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
10816       // Ensure constants are different.
10817       if (D == ECD)
10818         continue;
10819 
10820       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
10821       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
10822       Vec->push_back(D);
10823       Vec->push_back(ECD);
10824 
10825       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
10826       Entry = Vec;
10827 
10828       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
10829       // diagnostics.
10830       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
10831       continue;
10832     }
10833 
10834     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
10835     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
10836     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
10837       continue;
10838 
10839     Vec->push_back(ECD);
10840   }
10841 
10842   // Emit diagnostics.
10843   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
10844                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
10845        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
10846     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
10847     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
10848 
10849     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
10850     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
10851     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
10852       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10853       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10854     ++I;
10855 
10856     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
10857     // the same value.
10858     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
10859       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
10860         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10861         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10862     delete Vec;
10863   }
10864 }
10865 
10866 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10867                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10868                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10869                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10870   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10871   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10872 
10873   if (Attr)
10874     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10875 
10876   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10877     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10878       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10879         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10880       if (!ECD) continue;
10881 
10882       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10883     }
10884 
10885     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10886     return;
10887   }
10888 
10889   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10890   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10891   // emit a warning.
10892   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10893   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10894   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10895 
10896   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10897   // reverse the list.
10898   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10899   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10900 
10901   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10902   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10903 
10904   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10905     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10906       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10907     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10908 
10909     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10910 
10911     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10912     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10913       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10914                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10915     else
10916       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10917                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10918 
10919     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10920     if (AllElementsInt)
10921       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10922   }
10923 
10924   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10925   QualType BestType;
10926   unsigned BestWidth;
10927 
10928   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10929   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10930   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10931   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10932   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10933   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10934   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10935   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10936   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10937   QualType BestPromotionType;
10938 
10939   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10940   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10941   // enum definitions.
10942   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10943     Packed = true;
10944 
10945   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10946     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10947     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10948       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10949     else
10950       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10951     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10952     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10953     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10954     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10955   }
10956   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10957     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10958     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10959     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10960     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10961       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10962       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10963     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10964                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10965       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10966       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10967     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10968       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10969       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10970     } else {
10971       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10972 
10973       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10974         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10975       } else {
10976         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10977 
10978         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10979           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10980         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10981       }
10982     }
10983     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10984   } else {
10985     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10986     // all of the enumerator values.
10987     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10988     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10989       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10990       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10991       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10992     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10993       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10994       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10995       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10996     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10997       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10998       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10999       BestPromotionType
11000         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11001                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
11002     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
11003                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11004       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11005       BestPromotionType
11006         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11007                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11008     } else {
11009       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11010       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11011              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11012       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11013       BestPromotionType
11014         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11015                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11016     }
11017   }
11018 
11019   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11020   // the type of the enum if needed.
11021   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
11022     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11023     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11024 
11025     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11026     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11027     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11028     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11029     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11030 
11031     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11032     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11033 
11034     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11035     // the enum decl type.
11036     QualType NewTy;
11037     unsigned NewWidth;
11038     bool NewSign;
11039     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11040         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11041         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11042       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11043       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11044       NewSign = true;
11045     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
11046       // Already the right type!
11047       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11048         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11049         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11050         // enumeration.
11051         ECD->setType(EnumType);
11052       continue;
11053     } else {
11054       NewTy = BestType;
11055       NewWidth = BestWidth;
11056       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
11057     }
11058 
11059     // Adjust the APSInt value.
11060     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
11061     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
11062     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
11063 
11064     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
11065     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
11066         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
11067       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
11068                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
11069                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
11070                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
11071                                                 VK_RValue));
11072     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11073       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11074       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11075       // enumeration.
11076       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11077     else
11078       ECD->setType(NewTy);
11079   }
11080 
11081   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
11082                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
11083 
11084   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
11085   // it needs to go into the function scope.
11086   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
11087     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
11088 
11089   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
11090 }
11091 
11092 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
11093                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
11094                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
11095   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
11096 
11097   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11098                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
11099                                                    EndLoc);
11100   CurContext->addDecl(New);
11101   return New;
11102 }
11103 
11104 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
11105                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
11106                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
11107   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
11108                                                 Module::AllVisible,
11109                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
11110   if (!Mod)
11111     return true;
11112 
11113   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
11114   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
11115   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
11116     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
11117     // We need the length to be consistent.
11118     if (!ModCheck)
11119       break;
11120     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
11121 
11122     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
11123   }
11124 
11125   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
11126                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11127                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
11128                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
11129   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
11130   return Import;
11131 }
11132 
11133 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11134                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11135                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11136                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
11137                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11138   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
11139                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11140   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
11141      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
11142 
11143   if (PrevDecl)
11144     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
11145   else
11146     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11147       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
11148 }
11149 
11150 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11151                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11152                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11153   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
11154 
11155   if (PrevDecl) {
11156     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
11157   } else {
11158     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11159       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
11160         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
11161   }
11162 }
11163 
11164 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11165                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11166                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11167                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
11168                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11169   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
11170                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11171   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
11172 
11173   if (PrevDecl) {
11174     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
11175       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
11176         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
11177   } else {
11178     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11179       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
11180   }
11181 }
11182 
11183 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
11184   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
11185 }
11186 
11187 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
11188   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
11189   return D->getAvailability();
11190 }
11191